FIELD SERVICE REGULATIONS OF THE ARMED FORCES OF THE USSR (DIVISON-CORPS)

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
• Release Decision: RIPPUB
• Original Classification: T
• Document Page Count: 210
• Document Creation Date: December 22, 2016
• Document Release Date: February 7, 2011
• Sequence Number: 1
• Publication Date: December 19, 1961
• Content Type: MEMO

Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1 v
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
WASHINGTON 25, D.C.
172
1 9 DEC 1561
MEMORANDUM FOR: The Director, Defense Intelligence Agency
SUBJECT . Field Service Regulations of the Armed
Forces of the USSR Division-Corps
Enclosed is a verbatim translation of the Field Service
Regulations of the Armed Forces of the USSR (Division-Corps), 50X1-HUM
published by the USSR Ministry of Defense in Moscow in 1959.
This document supersedes both the 19+9 issue of the same
publicatio 31 May 1955) and the 195+ atomic
tactics manual 3 May 1956). Additional copies
of the enclosed document have been forwarded to your office
through the normal channels.
FOR THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR., PLANS:
Duw: -raded to Secret by Aaithot ity
of T :hard R l.ns T)D; P, per memo
dated t. Dec . l9?2
qzr r1T
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
Original: The Director, Defense Intelligence Agency
cc: Military Assistant to the President
Special Assistant to the President for
National Security Affairs
Assistant to the Secretary of Defense
Director for Intelligence
The Joint Staff
Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence
Headquarters, U. S. Air Force
Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence
Department of the Army
Director of Naval Intelligence
Department of the Navy
Director, National security Agency
I/ The Director of Intelligence and Research
Department of State
Director, Division of Intelligence
Atomic Energy Commission
Chairman, Guided Missiles and Astronautics
Intelligence Committee
Deputy Director for Intelligence
Assistant Director for National Estimates
Assistant Director for Current Intelligence
Assistant Director for Research and Reports
Assistant Director for Scientific Intelligence
Assistant Director for Central Reference
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
11
SECRET
FIELD SERVICE REGULATIONS
OF THE ARMED FORCES
OF THE UNION OF SSR'S
(DIVISION -CORPS)
9ecr t by ghat I-:
~~.;A ded to per memo
of ~Z ".hcrc~ $a:Los
deed i . Dec. 17 2
i;
50X1-HUM
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
SECRET
MINISTRY OF DEFENSE OF THE UNION OF SSR's
(SEAL)
FIELD SERVICE REGULATIONS
OF THE ARMED FORCES
OF THE UNION OF SSR's
(DIVISION-CORPS)
MILITARY PRINTING OFFICE
OF THE
MINISTRY OF DEFENSE OF THE UNION OF SSR's
MOSCOW 1959
:tbotlty
,,,,ti,. `raded to Secret by l~a
of Ri chord Utd.;ns, DD , P per memo
Q .t.866O )
'Dec
d ted
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
'' SECRET
ORDER
OF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENSE OF THE USSR
No. 031
2 March 1959 MOSCOW
1. The Field Service Regulations of the Armed Forces of the
Union of SSR ?s (Division-Corps) are now in effect.
2. The Field Service Regulations of the Armed Forces of the
Union of SSR ?s (Corps Division) of 1948 and the Manual on the
Characteristics of the Conduct of Combat Operations Under
Conditions of the Employment of Nuclear Weapons (Corps-Battalion)
of 1954 are herewith superseded.
Minister of Defense of the USSR
Marshal of the Soviet Union
R. Malinovskiy
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-3-
SECRET
The Field Service Regulatione(Division-Corps) set forth the
principles of modern combined-arms combat, and provide instructions
on the preparation, organization and conduct of combat operations by
a division and a corps. They also provide ' instructions on the
employment of the arms of troops, aviation, and special troops in
various kinds of combat operations and conditions of'the,situation.
Considering that none of the Soviet Government's persistent
proposals for the prohibition of atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction has yet received due recognition, the Soviet Union,
proceeding from the requirements of security, has been compelled to
train its Armed Forces for operations under conditions of the
employment of these weapons.
For this reason, the propositions set forth in the Regulations
take into account the constant threat of the employment of atomic
weapons and other means of mass destruction by the enemy. At the
same time, the Regulations provide general propositions for the
use of these weapons by our troops, when the special directive to,
do so is issued.
The propositions contained in the Regulations must be used in
strict conform3.ty with the situations which develop.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
AM SECRET
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapterli The Principles of Combined-Arms Combat
1. The Character of Modern Combat
2. Modern Weapons of Combat, r ,,,:6nms 1b&:,Troopsy-:.Their
Characteristics, and Combat Function
3. Organization of Troops
Chapter II Troop Control
Chapter III Political Work in a Combat Situation
Chapter IV Combat Security of Troops
1. Intelligence
2. Security
3. Antiaitbraft Defense
It.. Protection from Atomic Weapons and Other
Means of Mass Destruction
5. Camouflage
6. Radio Countermeasures
Page
26
38
43
43
48
49
Chapter V The Organization of the Troop Rear Services,
Materiel, Technical and Medical Services 54
1. General Principles
2. Materiel Support
3. Technical Support
4. Medical Support
5. Veterinary Support
SFCRFT
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
AMSECRET
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
6. The Evacuation of Prisoners-of-War
7. Control of the Troop Rear
Chapter VI The Offensive
1. The Principles of an Offensive Action
2. The Organization of the Offensive
3. The Conduct of the Offensive
4. Peculiarities of a Night Offensive
5. The Conduct of a Meeting Engagement
6. Pursuit
7. Peculiarities of an Offensive Involving the
Crossing of Water Barriers
8. Overcoming the Enemy Security Zone
9. Peculiarities of the Breakthrough of a
Fortified Area
Page
59
59
62
62
82
94
97
104
10. Peculiarities of an Offensive in a Town 113
11. A Division (Corps) Offensive in Coprdination
with Large Units of the Navy
12. Peculiarities of an Offensive in Winter
13. Peculiarities of an Offensive in a Forest
116
124
126
14. Peculiarities of an Offensive in Mountains 128
15. Peculiarities of an Offensive in Desert and
Steppe Areas
Chapter VII The Defense 136
1. The Principles of Defense
136
2. The Organization of Defense 144
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-6-
SECRET
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
Page
3. The Conduct of the Defense 154
4. Peculiarities of the Defense of Water Barriers 158
5. Peculiarities of the Defense of a Large Town 161
6. Peculiarities of the Defense of a Seacoast 163
7. Peculiarities of Defense in Winter 167
8. Peculiarities of Defense in Forest Areas 168
9. Peculiarities of Defense in Mountains 169
10. Peculiarities of Defense in Desert and
Steppe Areas
Chapter VIII Retreat 174
Chapter IX Combat in Encirclement and the Breakout
from Encirclement
Chapter X Regrouping and Relief of Troops
Chapter XI Troop Movements
1. General Situation
2. Marches
3. Transportation of Troops
Chapter XII Disposition of Troops at a Halt
18o
186
Prepared under the supervision of General-Mayor Yesaulov, P. G.
and Colonel Zlatoverov, B. S.
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-7-
UM SECRET
/TRANSLATOR'S NOTE: The Table of Contents appeared at the end of the
original text. Several terms used in the original Russian text do not
have precise English equivalents. The following are some o~ these
terms and an explanation of their treatment in translation:
a. Soyedineniye, as used in the Soviet Army, refers to a corps, a
division, or a brigade. The components may be of a single arm or
of various arms and services. In this translation, the term
soyedineniye has been translated as "large unit".
b. Chast, as used in the Soviet Armyydesignates any unit of regimental
or smaller size that is administratively self-contained and
separately numbered, e.g., a rifle regiment, engineer battalion
of a rifle division, or signal battalion. In this translation,
the term chast has been translated as "unit".
c. Podrazdeleniye, as used in the Soviet Army, refers to a sub-unit
of a chaste It is a unit which cannot be fully identified numerically
except by reference to the larger unit of which it is a component,
e.g., battalions, companies, and platoons of a rifle regiment; the
battalions and batteries of an artillery regiment; the companies
of an engineer or signal battalion. In this translation, the
term podrazdeleniye has been translated as "sub-unit".
d. Obyedineniye refers to a combined-arms large unit such as an army
or front, and has been translated as "formation".
e. Napravleniye refers to either the area or direction of military
action, and has been translated both ways, or as "axis", depending
on the context.
f. Rubezh refers to an area or line of disposition, and has been
translated both ways, according to the context.
g. Sily i sredstvo has been translated usually as "forces and weapons";
sredstvo has also been translated as, "means", "resources", and
eq uipment", depending on the context.
h. Voysk has been rendered throughout as "troops" except in the phrase
sukhoputnyye voyska, which has been translated in the conventional
manner as "ground forces".
In those cases where there was some question of the proper translation
of a term, the original Russian is given in parentheses following the
translation.?
1FC'RFT
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
~ SECRET
THE PRINCIPLES OF COMBINED ARMS COMBAT
1. THE CHARACTER OF MODERN COMBAT
1. Combat is the only way of achieving victory. Only combat
can achieve the destruction of enemy forces and weapons and destroy
his ability to resist.
All actions of every military leader ought to be inspired
by the aspiration for victory. The decision to crush the enemy
ought to be irrevocable and carried out to the end. A superior
must instill this determination in all his subordinates.
2. Modern combat is combined-arms combat. It is characterized
by the use of atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, by
the participation of large numbers of the ground forces with their
varied combat equipment, missile weapons, aviation, and airborne
troops, and by the increasing role of tanks. This permits inflicting
surprise destructive blows on the enemy at great depth and attaining
his defeat in a short period of time.
Atomic weapons, the great firepower and striking power of
other means of combat, as well as great troop mobility, give
modern combat the character of decisiveness and maneuverability.
Combat operations develop irregularly along a broad front and in
great depth with the formation of gaps between large units (units),
creating conditions for initiative, independent, and swift actions,
as well as the possibility of striking the flanks and rear of the
enemy. The characteristics of modern combined-arms combat are
sharp changes in the situation, rapidity of developments, continuity
and intensity of combat operations, and a sharp struggle for the
initiative and to win time.
3. Success in modern combat is achieved on the basis of close
and continuous coordination by the combined strength of large units
and units of the ground forces, the air forces, and, in coastal areas,
the navy.
This coordination consists of the synchronization of atomic
strikes, firing of all types, and the actions of troops in respect
to target, place, and time, and in mutual support by the large units
and units participating in a battle, to achieve the most successful
accomplishment of the combat missions.
4. Modern battle demands of troops the skillful use of the full
power of. atomic weapons and other means of mass destruct ion, of
combat and special equipment, a high degree of organization, strain-
ing. of all moral and physical strength, combat solidarity, and the
maintenance of constant combat readiness.
Fes' SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-9-
V SECRET
This is achieved by superior training, strict military
discipline, conscientious fulfillment of military duties, stead-
fastness, bravery, courage, and the readiness of personnel to fight
under any conditions for complete victory over the enemy in protection
of the socialist Motherland, by the superiors' knowledge of their
subordinates, attention to their daily combat life and needs, and
by exacting a high degree of performance.
5. The offensive is the basic type of military operation.
Only a decisive offensive carried out at high speed assures
complete defeat of the enemy.
In those cases when an offensive is impossible or inadvis-
able, and also when it is'necessary to support an offensive in other,
more important directions, the troops go over to the defensive.
6. The constant threat of employment by the enemy of atomic
weapons and other means of mass destruction, as well as his
widespread employment of different air attack weapons, necessitate
reliable protection of the troops from them. For this, the troops
must carry out continuous reconnaissance and must quickly destroy
the enemy's mass destruction weapons as soon as they are discovered;
they must know how to disperse rapidly and stealthily, make maximum
use of the protective features of the terrain, prepare cover in the
shortest possible time, and engage enemy aircraft with all possible
means in order to prevent their strikes.
7. Dispersal of troops does not alter the principle of
concentration of the main forces and weapons in the most important
directions. In modern battle, concentration is achieved first of
all by the rapid concentration of the firepower of the troops,
mainly the weapons of mass destruction. By the sudden and effective
use of these weapons the balance of forces and weapons in a
particular sector may change in one's own favor in the shortest
period of time.
Troops must concentrate secretly and only at the time
necessary to attain superiority while fulfilling their assigned
missions. As soon as such a necessity passes, they must disperse
rapidly so as not to give the enemy a suitable target for an atomic
strike or for the employment of other weapons of mass destruction.
8. Stereotyped methods of conducting combat must not be used.
Combat operations conducted according to a standard plan are
detected quickly by the enemy and permit him to take appropriate
measures.
As a rule, the most significant results are achieved by
employing new and unexpected methods of conducting combat or attacks
in directions where the enemy least expects them because of the
conditions of a situation.
mjW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
9. Success always comes to the side which is bold in battle,
constantly shows initiative, seizes and holds it, and imposes its
will on the enemy.
Initiative consists of trying to find the best methods of
carrying out assigned missions, the utilization of a favorable turn
of events, and the swiftest employment of expedient measures with-
out waiting for orders front an immediate superior.
Blame is not deserved by the individual who, in endeavoring
to destroy the enemy,,did not achieve his goal, but by the one who,
fearing responsibility, displayed inaction and failed to use all
his forces and weapons at a favorable moment to attain success in
combat,
10. Surprise is a factor of decisive significance in modern
combat.
Surprise enables one to inflict great losses on the
enemy and sharply reduce his combat efficiency, rapidly change
the relation of forces, paralyzes his will, disorganizes troop
control, and creates favorable conditions for the achievement of
success in combat.
Surprise is achieved by deceiving the enemy concerning
one's intentions, by keeping one's concept of an impending
operation secret, by secrecy of preparation and rapidity of troop
operations, by extensive use of the night for the conduct of combat
operations, by the surprise employment of atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction, by concentrated air strikes and artillery
fire, by striking swift blows where the enemy least expects them,
and by using methods of conducting combat and new combat weapons
which are unknown to the enemy.
The enemy will also strive to achieve surprise. Therefore,
a high degree of vigilance, constant combat readiness and the
ability to counter the.enemy quickly, as well as timely and
thorough support of the combat operations of the troops, are
essential,
11. The proper and timely use of all available forces and
weapons, particularly atomic weapons, requires commanders and
staffs to study the enemy constantly and thoroughly. As first
priority, they must discover the types of atomic weapons and
and where they are located, thereby calculating enemy intentions
and forestalling his operations. This is achieved by good
organization, constant conduct of reconnaissance, and by knowledge
of the combat capabilities, organization, and tactics of the
enemy.
NOW
4W SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
10ft SECRET
12. Decisiveness, speed, and impetus of combat operations,
combined with military cunning, are the most important conditions
for achieving success in modern combat.
Decisiveness in combat operations is achieved by bold
and energetic actions and initiative on the part of all troops, as
well as by the unswerving will to destroy the enemy and fulfill
assigned missions.
Speed and impetus Of combat operations promote fuller
exploitation of the results of the employment of atomic weapons
and other means of destruction, the attainment of surprise, the
seizure of the initiative, the forestalling of the enemy in the
accomplishment of planned moves, and the fulfillment of combat
missions with the least expenditure of manpower and weapons.
defeat.
Hesitation and passivity in combat inevitably lead to
13. The conduct of uninterrupted, vigorous combat operations
allows constant retention of the initiative and full exploitation
of the results of surprise for the most rapid destruction of the
enemy, while depriving him of time in which to organize resistance.
This uninterrupted character of combat operations is achieved by
constant strikes against the enemy with atomic weapons, missiles
and aircraft, by fires of all weapons, by timely introduction of
fresh forces into battle, and by the conduct of combat operations
both by day and by night and in all kinds of weather.
14. Combat operations at night have particularly great
significance under conditions of the use of atomic weapons and
other means of mass destruction, when there is considerable air
activity, and in the presence of technical means of reconnaissance.
Night decreases the effectiveness of the enemy's use of
reconnaissance, atomic weapons, aircraft, and combat equipment.
It affords the opportunity to prepare secretly for combat
operations, deliver surprise attacks, and accomplish missions
with the smallest possible losses.
Combat operations at night demand particularly careful
preparation and a thorough organization of the coordination of
troops, skillful alternating of combat activity with rest periods,
intelligence employment of the technical means of reconnaissance,
observation, illumination, warning, and target identification, and
the timely destruction and neutralization of the equivalent enemy
equipment.
15. Maneuver on the battlefield is one of the most important
factors in the achievement of success in combat.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
LSECRET
Maneuver is employed to concentrate the efforts in a
decisive sector, to shift them from one direction to another, to
build up forces gradually for an attack against the enemy, and to
withdraw friendly troops from under enemy attack.
Maneuver is executed by troops, weapons, and fires.
Maneuver of troops and weapons allows the creation of
the most suitable grouping of troops, their placement in the
best position in relation to the enemy in order to strike him a
crushing blow or to counter his activities, and to disperse
troops quickly to avoid losses from atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction.
Maneuver of fire consists of the distribution or
successive massing (concentration) of fire against the most
important enemy groupings and targets.
Maneuver must be simple in concept and must be well-timed,
rapid, secretive, and unexpected by the enemy.
The basis of maneuver must be to seek to exploit promptly
the results of the use of atomic weapons and other combat means and
to avoid the destruction of friendly troops by these weapons when
they are used by the enemy.
16. Rapid and decisive changes in the situation in modern
combat and the great mobility of troops on the battlefield require
of commanders and staffs high operational efficiency in their work.
For this reason commanders (chiefs) must constantly know and
properly evaluate the situation and foresee its changes, quickly
influence the course of combat operations, make timely and bold
decisions, and rapidly issue combat missions .to subordinates
by means of concise orders and instructions.
A commander's order must be executed precisely, on time,
and with full exertion of strength.
17. The successful conduct of combat operations depends (to
a large extent) on timely materiel, technical, and medical support
for the troops under all conditions.
The frequent separation of troops by considerable
distances from their supply bases in the course of combat, and
the possibility that communications routes may be destroyed
and supply and evacuation disrupted significantly increase
the demands on the organization and work of the rear services.
Thies
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-13-
SECRET
2. MODERN WEAPONS OF COMBAT. THE ARMS aR004S;0R
CHARACTERISTICS, AND CUMBAT FUNCTION
18. In modern combat the primary means of destruction is
the atomic weapon. Other combat weapons and various types of
combat equipment found in the armament of large units and units
of the Armed Forces of the Union of SSR's also play an important
role in the destruction and neutralization of the enemy.
In those cases where atomic weapons are not used or are
used in limited quantities, the annihilation of the enemy is
achieved by conventional means of destruction.
19. Atomic weapons, producing a powerful shock wave, a
blinding flash, an penetrating radiation, as well as radioactive
substances, are capable of inflicting heavy losses on men and
combat equipment in a short time, of producing tremendous
destruction of targets, of exerting a strong influence on the
morale of troops, and of creating favorable conditions for
achieving success in battle.
Atomic weapons can be used in all types of combat
operations, both by day and night. For this purpose shells,
mines, bombs, torpedoes, and missiles with atomic warheads are
used. All other means of destruction used take into account the
employment of atomic weapons.
20. Atomic weapons are used without warning and normally in
the main direction simultaneously or successively in the entire
depth of combat operations, in the first place against targets
which are located in front.of the troops and in the nearest
depth, the destruction of which can have a decisive effect
on the organization and nature of the troops' combat operations,
as well as on the successful completion of their combat missions.
In the offense, atomic weapons afford the opportunity
to destroy the enemy defense in its entire depth, to destroy or
seriously damage his most important centers of resistance and his'
reserves, and to insure a rapid offensive of the troops at high
speeds.
In the defense, atomic weapons afford the opportunity
to disrupt the enemy offensive before he g Des over to the attack
or to weaken considerably the force of his blow, to inflict
decisive destruction on an enemy which has penetrated in depth,
and thus to raise the stability and vigor of the defense.
21. As a rule, atomic weapons are employed on the orders of
superior commanders. In some cases, particularly in the course of
combat, atomic weapons can be employed on orders of'a division
(corps) commander.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
The choice of the method of employment of the atomic
weapon, its yield, type, and height of burst depend on the
importance of the target, its size, the nature of the operations
and the degree of protection of the enemy troops intended for
destruction and neutralization, the missions of one's own troops
for whose benefit the atom weapon is to be employed, their
safety, and characteristics of the terrain and weather.
Atomic air bursts are for delivering atomic strikes
against enemy troops in the open, against targets without rigid
structures, and in all cases when radioactive contamination of
the terrain is inadvisable because of imminent operations in the
area by friendly troops. The height of atomic bursts can be
varied. A low air burst can cause dangerous radioactive
contamination of the terrain in the vicinity of ground zero.
Surface atomic bursts are used against targets of
strong construction and in those cases when, simultaneously
with massive destruction of the enemy, it is necessary to
cause heavy radioactive contamination of the terrain in the
area of the explosion and along the path of movement of the
radioactive cloud so that the enemy's presence and operations
in these areas will be hindered for a considerable time.
When atomic weapons are used, it is essential to maintain
a safe distance for friendly troops by taking into account the
yield of the atomic weapon and the possible deviations of the
grounds zero of the bursts from the desired grounds zero, and to
organize troop notification and target designation and consider
the meteorological conditions.
22. A chemical weapon is intended for the destruction and
neutralization oenemy personnel and for the contamination of
his equipment and terrain. As a rule it is employed at the
order of a.. superior commander, suddenly, massively, and usually
against objectives (targets) not destroyed by atomic weapons.
Choice of timing, methods of employment, and type of
toxic agent depend on the assigned combat missions, the
conditions of weather and terrain, and on the status of enemy
troop protection.
23, Targets against which atomic and chemical weapons
are used are selected at such distances that, at the moment of delivery
of the attack, the safety of friendly troops is assured. In
order for the troops to obtain the necessary protection, they
must receive timely warning of the beginning of the delivery
of strikes against the enemy. At the same time, signals must
be prepared to call for a ceasef ire or change of targets for
these weapons, according to the changing conditions of a
situation.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-.15-
SECRET
24. The Armed Forces of the Union of SSR's are composed
of the Ground Forces, Air Forces, Navy, and the Troops of
the Antiaircraft Defense of the Country.
25. The ground forces are composed of the following
arms of troops: infantry, tank troops, artillery and
antiaircraft defense-troops. Airborne troops are also included
in the ground forces. For the support of the combat activity
of the ground forces they also have organic special troops:
engineer, chemical, signal, radiotechnical, motor transport,
road, and others.
26. Infantry is the basis of motorized rifle and airborne
large uni and units, and is also organic to task large units
and units. With powerful weapons for the destruction of the
men, firing means, and combat equipment of the enemy, and
possessing rapid means of movement, the infantry can conduct
prolonged and tenacious combat at any time of the day or year,
in any weather and on any terrain, and also maneuver rapidly
on the battlefield.
In cooperation with other arms of troops and aviation,
the infantry is able to destroy a defending enemy, penetrate
his defenses, seize territory, destroy an attacking enemy,
and hold occupied positions firmly.
27. Tank troops are the basic striking force of the
ground forces. They have great mobility, heavy firepower,
and a greater ability than other arms of troops to withstand
enemy atomic strikes.
The combat characteristics of tank troops allow them
to exploit more quickly the results of the use of atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction, to penetrate prepared
and hastily occupied defensive positions, to engage enemy tank
groups, to exploit quickly successes already achieved, to execute
broad maneuvers and in a short time establish a firm defense
capable of resisting dependably the attacks of large enemy tank
groups. The tank troops consist of tank large units, as well
as tank units and sub-units which are organic to the motorized
rifle large units and units and to airborne large units.
Tank large units and units are regarded as powerful
mobile weapons and are employed intact for the most part.
The tank sub-units of motorized rifle units are normally
attached to rifle sub-units for their close support and for
reinforcing their antitank defense, but they can also operate
independently.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-16-
1~ SECRET
28. Airborne troops are intended for combat operations in
enemy rear areas. They are used in cooperation with other large
units and units of the ground forces, aviation, and aaygl large
units.
Airborne troops are capable of appearing unexpectedly
and rapidly in enemy rear areas, of cooperating with their own
troops in support of a high-speed offensive, and in encircling
and destroying enemy groups, of disrupting enemy troop control
and enemy rear area work, of destroying his weapons of mass
destruction, and of providing aid and support to partisans.
29. Artillery is the main fire striking power of the ground
forces. possesses great firepower and firing range, and
is also capable of extensive maneuver and sudden massing and
concentration of fire in a 'short time throughout the depth of
the enemy troop deployment. Using atomic and chemical charges,
or ordinary loads, the artillery is able to inflict blows
under any conditions, regardless of meteorological conditions,
visibility, or the degree of antiaircraft defense of the target
to be destroyed.
The artillery consists of large units, units, and
sub-units of tube, rocket (reaktivnaya), and missile (raketnaya)
artillery.
Tube artillery is divided into gun, howitzer, and tank-
destroyer artillery and mortars, while rocket artillery is
divided into light and heavy.
Tube and rocket artillery are used to destroy or
neutralize enemy means of atomic attack, his manpower, tanks,
artillery and other firepower: means, radio-technical equipment,
control centers, and other important targets, for the destruction
of defensive works, and for disrupting enemy rear area work.
Missile artillery is a powerful means for destroying
enemy troops throughout the depth of their deployment, as well
as important objectives in the enemy rear area. It is used for
the destruction and neutralization of the enemy's operational
reserves, his means of atomic attack, aircraft on airfields, and
for the destruction of-railroad junctions, railheads (loading
platforms), and other important targets, especially those with
strong antiaircraft defense.
Artillery which is organizationally a component of
armies, combined-arms large units, units, and sub-units comprises
organic artillery (voyskovaya artilleriya).
Organic artillery is subdivided into battalion,
regimental, divisional, corps, and army artillery.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-17-
SECRET
Artillery which is not included in armies, combined-arms
large units, units, and sub-units comprises separate artillery
large units and units of the reserve of the Supreme High Command.
30. The troops of antiaircraft defense of the ground forces
rs used to protect the troops and important rear targets from
enemy air strikes. They consist of large units, units, and sub-
units of tube and missile antiaircraft artillery, radiotechnical,
and other special units and sub-units.
The troops of antiaircraft defense, in cooperation with
fighter aircraft or independently, are able to destroy aircraft
and cruise missiles (krylataya raketa), neutralize the
radiotechnical equipment of enemy aviation by jamming, perform
radar reconnaissance, warn one's own forces, and combat enemy
airborne landings.
On rare occasions tube antiaircraft artillery may be
drawn into combat against enemy ground forces, particularly
against tanks, and in coastal areas into engagements with enemy
ships and amphibious landing craft.
31. Engineer troops are used to carry out the most complicated
tasks of engineer support, which require special preparation and
use of engineering equipment. Their tasks are: conducting engineer
reconnaissance; making passages through obstacles and clearing
terrain of mines; mechanizing work on field fortifications;
erecting very complicated engineer structures; constructing
obstacles and carrying out destruction of roads, bridges and other
important objectives; building and maintaining routes for the
movement of friendly troops; equipping and maintaining, crossings
during the forcing of water barriers; obtaining and purifying
water and establishing water supply points; fulfilling the most
complicated tasks in camouflaging troops and objectives; participat-
ing in clearing away the results of an enemy atomic strike. Engineer
troops consist of engineer-sappers, engineer-road, engineer-site,
ponton-bridge and other special large units, units, and sub-units
which are an integral part of combined-arms and artillery units,
large units and operational formations (operativnoye obyedineniye),
and also of large units and units of engineer troops which
constitute the reserve of the Supreme High Command.,
32. Chemical troops are used for radiation and chemical
reconnaissance, dos me ric checks, and sanitary treatment of
personnel exposed to contamination by radioactive and toxic
substances and bacteriological agents; degassing, decontaminating,
and disinfecting weapons, combat equipment, transport, clothing,
armaments, and other materiel items; degassing and disinfecting
passages through contaminated areas; destroying the enemy with
flame throwers; and providing smoke screens to cover troops and
installations in the rear areas.: They consist of units and sub-
units of chemical defense, smoke, and flame-throwing units.
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-18-
4M SECRET
33. Signal troops are used for establishing and maintaining
uninterrupted communications, which insures control of troops in
all types of combat activity.
In addition, they can be called upon to jam the enemy's
radio communications.
Signal troops consist of organic signal units and
sub-units, signal units of operational formations, and also
signal large units and units of the reserve of the Supreme High
Command.
34. Radiotechnical troops are used to conduct radiotechnical
reconnaissance of enemy air and ground targets and to report data
about them to friendly troops, to jam the radiotechnical equipment
of the enemy, and to ensure radio remote control (radioteleupravleniye).
Radiotechnical troops consist of radiotechnical units and sub-
units and are integral to the various arms of troops and special
troops.
35. Motor transport troops are used for transporting troops,
moving materiel, and for evacuation.
36. Road troops are used for repairing, rebuilding, and
constructing m ary transport roads and bridges, for maintaining
them in a passable state, and for performing traffic control duties
on them.
37. The basic combined-arms tactical large units of the ground
forces are the motorized rifle and tank divisions.
The motorized rifle division, in cooperation with other
large units and units and with aviation, is capable of penetrating
an enemy defense and of boldly developing an offensive in great
depth, of rapidly executing maneuver on the battlefield, of
conducting a pursuit and meeting engagement, of forcing a water
barrier from the march, of conducting combat in an encirclement,
of defending a section of terrain tenaciously, and of fulfilling
other combat missions which arise in combat in various situations.
The tank division, possessing greater maneuverability
and firepower, and less vulnerability to enemy atomic strikes
than other large units, is capable of successfully fulfilling the
same combat missions on terrain accessible to tanks as the motorized
rifle division but at greater speeds, in great depth, separated
from friendly troops, in cooperation with aircraft and airborne
landings, of striking boldly at the enemy in a meeting engagement
and in counterattacks (counterthrusts) in the defense, of creating
a strong defense in a short time, of seizing and holding advantageous
lines, bases, and other important objectives, and of successfully
1 SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-19-
IBM SECRET
engaging in combat with enemy tank forces. It is employed
primarily in the main directions to fulfill the most important
missions connected with inflicting on the enemy powerful and deep
strikes, particularly in the directions where atomic weapons
are employed.
The heavy tank division is employed mainly for combat
with enemy tank large units, but it may also be used for ful-
filling other most important missions. With its great striking
force and heavy firepower, it is capable of penetrating the march
from lines occupied by the enemy in the depth of the defense,
of repulsing counterattacks by enemy tank groups, of inflicting
decisive destruction on his tank large units in a meeting engage-
ment and in counterattacks in the defense, and of repelling an
offensive by enemy tank groups. The heavy tank division is also
able, in cooperation with other large units, to break through
the prepared defense of the enemy in the main direction. Depending
dnnthhethsks being fulfilled and the nature of the enemy's actions,
especially of his tanks, tank and heavy tank divisions may be
included in the first or second echelon of troops, or may be held
in reserve.
38. The airborne division is the basic combined-arms
operational-tactical large ua t of the airborne troops. It is
capable of seizing and holding important areas (objectives) in
the enemy rear, of combatting enemy's reserves, and of cooperating
in the encirclement of his operational groupings. It is capable
of seizing mountain passes and beachheads on`rivers and seacoasts,
can disrupt enemy troop control and the work of the enemy rear
area, seize airfields, support the landing of troops in the
enemy rear area, and destroy his means of mass destruction.
39. The army corps is a combined-arms operational-tactical
large unit., is intended to carry out tasks in independent
directions. The army corps consists of several motorized rifle
divisions, corps artillery, and units (sub-units) of special
troops. In certain cases, depending on the situation and
feasible tasks, an army corps may include a tank division and other
large units (units).
In cooperation with adjacent units, artillery and aviation,
the army corps is capable of penetrating the enemy defense and of
developing an offensive in great depth, of surrounding and
destroying the enemy, of inflicting decisive destruction on him
in a meeting engagement, of tenaciously defending an area, and of
repulsing massed enemy attacks.
40. Depending on the assigned missions and on the situation,
combined-arms large units may be reinforced with large units and
units (sub-units) of different arms of troops and special troops
which are attached to them or suppott them in carrying out
assigned missions.
4~ SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
'SECRET
Attached large units and units are subordinate to the
division corps commander and execute all of his orders.
Supporting large units and units, remaining subordinate
to their own commander, execute the combat missions assigned by
the commander of the division (corps) which they are supporting.
41. Air forces are capable of executing powerful and sudden
strikes in great depth, of inflicting severe losses on enemy aviation
and troops, of preventing the.arrival of fresh forces and reserves
on the battlefield, of"destroying airborne landings by the enemy,
and of protecting friendly troops from enemy air strikes.
One of the most important missions of the air fw ces
is the discovery and destruction of the enepyaA*oaeic weapons
and other means of mass destruction.
The air forces include tactical, long-range, and
military-transport aviation.
Tactical aviation (frontovaya aviatsiya) is used for
joint combat operations w th the ground forces and for fulfilling
independent missions. It can also be used for joint operations
with the navy.
Long-range aviation is used for independent operations to
strike powerfulblows against military and industrial objectives
in the enemy rear. In certain instances, large units of long-
range aviation may be employed for joint operations with the
ground forces and with the navy.
Military transport aviation is used for dropping
troops in the enemy rear, and or, ransporting troops and various
cargo.
42. The air forces are divided according to function,
performance data, and armament into the following arms of
aviation: bomber, fighter, fighter-bomber, reconnaissance, and
support. In addition, missile units of the air forces are
organic to tactical aviation.
On behalf of the ground forces and according to the
plan of the superior commander, aviation may carry out the
following missions:
- Bomber -- Destroy enemy atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction, destroy or neutralize his aviation,
missile launchers, troops and radiotechnical equipment, destroy
engineer field fortifications, disrupt maneuver of troops and
various kinds of transport, destroy air and sea landings in the
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
,50X1-HUM
landing zones and drop zones (debarkation areas), destroy
various targets in the enemy rear, disrupt troop control and
rear area work, and conduct aerial reconnaissance.
- Fighter -- Screen friendly troops and important
installations from air strikes, destroying enemy aircraft
and pilotless means of air attack, support combat operations
of other arms of aviation, and in certain instances destroy
unprotected targets located in depth which have not been
destroyed by the ground forces; in addition, fighter aircraft
of a front may be brought in for support of friendly troops on
the battlefield and for conducting aerial reconnaissance.
- Fighter-bomber -- Destroy or neutralize enemy troops
deployed in the open, combat equipment in strong points, and
isolated centers of enemy resistance, his atomic artillery,
missile launchers, means of air attack, radar stations, jamming
stations, and control centers. In addition, they interdict
entry of enemy troops onto the battlefield, and may conduct
aerial reconnaissance.
- Reconnaissance -- Conduct aerial reconnaissance of
the enemy an erra n. As part of reconnaissance aviation,
artillery-spotting aircraft conduct aerial reconnaissance of
targets and adjust artillery fire.
- Support -- Maintain liaison, transport sick and
wounded, an carry out other tanks.
- Missile units of the air forces fulfill the same
missions on behalf o the ground forces as bomber and fighter-
bomber aviation, striking at the most important, mainly fixed,
enemy objectives which have strong antiaircraft defense.
43. The navy consists of submarines, aircraft, surface
ships, an coastal artillery. Additionally, the navy has
integral large units and units of antiaircraft defense and
special troops.
The large units and units of the navy may execute
the following missions on behalf of the ground forces and in
cooperation with them and with aviation:
- Destroy enemy warships at sea in order to prevent
them from striking against troops and other
objectives deployed on the coast.
- Destroy enemy transports and landing craft together
with their troops and combat equipment.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
4M SECRET
- Debark amphibious forces, and also reconnaissance
groups, on the enemy coast.
- Carry out strikes against objectives situated on the
enemy coast.
- Lay mine barriers in the approaches to a defended coast.
- Conduct reconnaissance of the naval enemy in the interest
of troops operating on the coast.
- Carry out the transporting of troops and the supply and
evacuation of materiel by sea.
44. The troops of antiaircraft defense of the country are used
for the defense from enemy air s r es of the most important areas
and installations on the territory of the country. They are
capable of destroying enemy aircraft in the air, neutralizing his
radiotechnical equipment by means of jamming, and destroying
airborne forces. Large units and units of the antiaircraft
defense of the country may be called upon for the defense of
important installations of a front and a fleet.
The troops of antiaircraft defense of the country
consist of large units and units of fighter aviation, missile
and tube antiaircraft artillery, radiotechnical large units
and units, and special units and sub-units.
3. ORGANIZATION OF TROOPS
45. Troops operate in combat, approach march, and march
formations.
Combat formation -- a grouping of forces and weapons,
formed for the conduct of a battle. It must be appropriate
to the concept of the impending battle and must ensure: the
infliction of decisive destruction on the enemy in the entire
depth of his combat set-up; the rapid exploitation of the
results of the use of atomic weapons and other means of
destruction, as well as firepower of all kinds, on enemy troops;
the best employment of friendly troops in accordance with their
combat capabilities; the intensification of the force of strikes
in the course of combat and in executing maneuvers; stability and
aggressiveness in defense; the least vulnerability of troops to
atomic weapons and other means of destruction; and the best
utilization of terrain.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-23-
J SECRET
46. The combat formation of a division and a corps consists
of one or two echelons, artillery groups, reserves, and a mobile
obstacle-placing detachment; and in defense, besides these, anti-
tank areas. The combat formation of a division also includes a
forward detachment and an airborne force, if their employment is
anticipated.
The number, strength, :and composition of the echelons,
of the artillery groups, and of the reserves are determined by
the tasks and by the situation, and also by the method of employ-
ment of atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction.
47. Artillery, detached during combat to execute missions
on behalf of units or large units and unified under centralized
control, constitutes an artillery group.
Artillery groups are formed from organic and attached
artillery. Regimental and battalion artillery are not included
in the composition of an artillery group. A sub-unit of artillery
spotting aircraft (helicopters) may be attached to artillery groups
for reconnaissance of targets and adjustment of fire.
Artillery groups are intended for:
- Regimental --.for the fulfillment of missions directly
in the inte rests of a regiment and for combatting enemy mortars;
- Divisional -- for reinforcing the firepower of
divisional arery, combatting enemy artillery batteries,
destroying enemy atomic artillery, neutralizing his reserves,
disrupting control and the work of the enemy rear, supporting
commitment of the second echelons (reserves) into combat, and
for fulfilling other missions as they occur.
Regimental and divisional artillery groups are created
by the decision of the division commander, and corps and army --
correspondingly on the decision of the corps and army commanders.
Corps and army artillery groups may be divided into sub-
groups according to the number of divisions (corps) of the first
echelon of the corps (army), operating in the main direction.
Artillery units and sub-units, employing atomic
ammunition, are combined within a corps (army) into a special
artillery group. Sub-units of this artillery may be attached
to divisions.
As a rule, for protection of troops and important
installations from air attacks, both in offense and in defense,
divisional, corps, and army antiaircraft artillery groups are formed.
~srt
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
A SECRET
These antiaircraft artillery groups are not divided into
sub-groups.
A grouping of antiaircraft artillery is formed with
due regard for the most reliable protection of the main
groupings of troops and the most important targets.
A divisional antiaircraft artillery group is intended
for protection of-the main forces of the division.
A corps antiaircraft artillery group is intended for
increasing the protection of the main grouping of troops of
the corps, and also for the protection of reserves, control
centers, and other important objectives within the corps.
Army antiaircraft artillery groups are intended for
increasing Tie protection of the main groupings of troops of
the army and for protecting the most important objectives of
army significance.
48. Divisional (corps) reserves are created for executing
missions which arise unexpectedly, for restoring decimated
combat formations which have been subjected to enemy atomic
strikes, and for reinforcing troops engaged in combat. Reserves
may be combined-arms, antitank, and special (engineer, chemical,
signal, and others).
The combined-arms reserve is usually formed from
motorized rifle or tank sub-units (units) and may be
reinforced by sub-units of the different arms of troops and
special troops.
The antitank reserve=is formed from units (sub-units)
of tank-destroyer artillery, tank sub-units, and other antitank
means. It may be reinforced by engineer sub-units and flame-
thrower sub-units.
The special reserves are formed from engineer and
chemical troop sub-units small units), and from other.special
troops when required, and are provided with the necessary means.
Reserves which are expended are, as a rule, reconstituted.
49. The mobile obstacle-placing detachment is formed from
engineer troop sub-units and s Intended or a construction
of obstacles in the directions of the attack (counterattack) of
enemy tanks, and also is employed for protecting with obstacles
the gaps and flanks of the troops, lines of deployment, and
positions seized by the troops during the course of battle.
400 SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
JM SECRET
50. The approach march formation is a grouping of forces
and weapons deployed along the ron and in depth with the aim
of rapid evolution into a combat formation with the least
vulnerability to artillery fire and air strikes, and attainment
of more rapid movement of troops.
In approach march formation, troops move in columns
of sub-units together with their reinforcements. At the same
time, the forward sub-units, or part of them, may be deployed
in combat formation.
51. To execute a march troops adopt march formations.
The march formation consists of columns. It must
ensure: rapid evolution i n o approach march and combat formation;
conduct of maneuver for gaining the enemy flank and rear;
protection of the troops from atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction, and the accomplishment of other combat security
measures; conservation of personnel strength, combat equipment,
and transport during the march; and maintenance of firm and
uninterrupted control.
52. For the preparation of routes during the movement of
troops, march security detachments are formed. They usually
contain engineer=road sub-units, which may be reinforced by
rifle (tank) sub-units and chemical troop sub-units with
equipment for reconnaissance, degassing, and decontamination
of terrain.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-26-
AM SECRET
CHAPTER II
53. Troop control embraces all activities of commanders and
staffs in directing the preparation and conduct of combat operations.
It includes the maintenance of constant combat readiness
and of a high political and morale level of troops, the timely
assignment of missions to subordinates, the organization and
maintenance of uninterrupted coordination and thorough support
of troop operations, and control over the fulfillment of
orders and instructions issued to them.
Troop control must ensure: the secrecy of preparations
and the surprise of attacks against the enemy; the effective use
of all modern means of destruction; the retention of the initiative;
a high degree of troop maneuverability; and the timely accomplish-
ment of measures to protect troops from enemy atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction.
A correct understanding of the situation, the anticipation
of changes in it, and a high degree of efficiency in the work of
commanders and staffs, are mandatory conditions for ensuring
successful troop control.
54. Troop control must be uninterrupted, firm, and flexible.
Uninterrupted control is ensured by continuous communica-
tions with subordinates and with the senior commander; by
dispersed distribution of the staff at several simultaneously
operating control points; by their timely movement in the course
of combat; by the speedy transfer of troop control from one
control point to another when necessary; by timely reports from
lower to higher levels, and by a constant flow of information
from highertto lower levels and to adjacent units about the
facts of the situation.
Firmness of control lies in the persistent implementation
of decisions to assure an exact and complete fulfillment of combat
missions. A
Flexibility of control is evidenced by a constant
knowledge of the situation and by timely reaction to changes;
by defining more accurately a previously adopted decision; or by
making new decisions in accordance with these changes.
111 In the event of an abrupt change in the situation, when
there is no possibility of receiving orders in time, a commander
must assume the responsibility himself and make a new decision on
his own initiative. He must then report this decision to his
immediate superior and inform the adjacent units.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-27-
SECRET
At all times a commander must know where the troops
under his command are, what they are doing, and what they require,
and he must influence the course of the battle with the forces
and resources at his disposal without waiting for requests from
his subordinate commanders.
55. The commander of a division (corps) bears full responsi-
bility for the successful fulfillment by the troops of combat
missions. He directs the troops personally and through his staff,
keeping his chief of staff informed about the orders which ike
has given directly to the troops and also about his plans and
intentions.
Personal contact between the commander and his subordinates
is of paramount importance. It is particularly necessary during
the preparation of combat operations and in combat when abrupt
changes in the situation occur. At decisive moments in the
battle the commander must drive (fly) out to his subordinates
who are operating in the most critical directions in order to
assist them.
56. The staff of a division (corps) has the responsible role
in organizing and maintaining troop control. It must continuous-
ly study and carefully analyze the situation and supply the
commander with information necessary for a timely decision;
quickly transmit combat tasks to the troops; devise and implement
measures for coordinated troop action; and for combat security;
organize control points, uninterrupted communications, and the
commandant's service (komendantskaya sluzhba); and verify in
time that the troops are carrying out the assigned tasks and
give them the necessary assistance.
The chief of staff of a division (corps) is the deputy
to the commander. He alone has the right to issue orders in
the commander's name.
The chief of staff has the responsibility for the
organization and maintenance of uninterrupted troop control.
In order to achieve this he must coordinate and control the work
of the staffs of the arms of troops, of the rear, and of the
chiefs of special troops and services.
The chief of staff must always be ready to report on
the situation to the commander as the latter requires, or, as
the need arises, with his conclusions and recommendations
regarding it.
57. The basis of troop control is the decision of the
commander.
A decision is reached in determining:
- the plan of operations: which enemy to destroy and in
wh*t sequence, the direction of concentration of the
SECRE
50X1-HUM
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
,M SECRET
main forces of troops, the organization of large unit
combat formations, and the nature of the maneuvering
of the troops and weapons;
- the targets to be destroyed by atomic weapons and
the order of their employment;
- the combat missions of subordinate and supporting
units (large units);
- the order of troop coordination and control of them
during the fulfillment of assigned missions.
In order to support troop combat operations the division
(corps) commander plans measures for combat, engineer, materiel,
technical, and medical support; measures for ensuring secrecy
and surprise in troop combat operations; and measures for the
organization of political work.
58. Before making a decision the commander must size-up
the mission received, evaluate the situation, and anticipate its
possible changes.
In sizing up an assigned mission a commander must under-
stand the intention of his superior officer, the sequence of
employment by him of atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction and what influence these weapons may have on the
fulfillment of the division (corps) combat missions, and the
place and role of his own large unit in the mission to be
accomplished by the next higher large unit (formation).
After he has understood the mission, the commander
determines the measures which must be carried out immediately,
ascertains the time available, and, in order to give the troops
as much time as possible to prepare for the forthcoming operations,
he issues the necessary preliminary orders.
When evaluating the situation a commander studies:
- the composition, condition, dispositions, and the
possible character of enemy operations, and, as top
priority, the disposition and likely possibilities
of employment of atomic weapons by the enemy; the
most important targets and objectives in the enemy
dispositions to be destroyed by atomic weapons and
other means; and also that portion of his grouping
which, if destroyed, would seriously reduce enemy
combat capabilities;
- the location, condition, security, and capability
of friendly troops to carry out assigned missions;
- the location, nature of operations, and missions of
adjacent units;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_29_
IM SECRET
- the characteristics of the terrain: relief, passability,
conditions for observations presence of obstacles and
the defensive characteristics of the area; the effect
of the terrain on the use of atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction; and also the possible changes
in its characteristics as a result of atomic weapons
employment.
Additionally, in evaluating the situation, a commander must
take into consideration the economic conditions of the area of
operations; the social-political composition of the population
and its attitude; and also the weather conditions, the time of
day and year, and their influence on troop operations.
In studying the situation, a commander establishes which
measures must be put into effect to eliminate circumstances
hampering the accomplishment of the mission, or to lessen their
negative influences.
Incomplete information about the situation does not free
a commander from the responsibility of making a prompt decision.
The commander of a large unit usually makes his decision
on the basis of a map.
If time is available, reconnaissance is conducted for
the purpose of determining more accurately on the spot the
information on the situation or on the decision reached on the
basis of the map.
All work of a commander and his staff in working out a
decision, and the organization of combat operations, is carried
out under conditions of strictest secrecy.
A commander familiarizes the following persons with the
assigned mission and with his decision: his deputies, the chiefs
of arms of troops and of special troops and services, and, on
a need-to-know basis, the staff officers.
59. In accordance with the commander's decision and orders,
the staff develops and effects measures concerning the coordination
of troops, the organization of combat support, the commandant's
service, control points, and communications points.
Chiefs of arms of troops and of special troops, the deputy
commander for the rear, and chiefs of services, plan and organize
the accomplishment, by large units (units, sub-units) of their own
arms of troops (special troops, rear services), of missions
assigned by the division (corps) commander, as well as measures
related to their own services, and implemented by all troops of
the division (corps).
AW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-30-
1; PFT
Measures formulated by the chiefs of arms of troops,
special troops, and services, and the deputy commander of a
large unit for the rear area, to insure fulfillment of the
commander?s decision, are coordinated with the division (corps)
chief of staff and are approved by the commander.
60. The commander of a division (corps) assigns combat
missions to the commanders of subordinate, attached, and
supporting units (large units) by means of combat orders and
combat instructions.
The combat order is issued briefly and clearly and
usually conta ns:
- a short evaluation of the enemy's groupings and
activities;
- the combat mission of the division (corps) and the
commander's plan;
- the missions adjacent units and the boundaries with them;
- the sequence of employing atomic weapon and other
weapons of mass destruction in the interests of the
division (corps);
- the combat missions for subordinate units (large units),
with details`of their reinforcements and support and
of their boundaries;
- the missions of artillery and special troops;
- the missions of air defense troops;
- the missions of aviation, if it has been allocated for
support of the division (corps) operations;
- the time of troop readiness;
- the locations of command posts, the time of their deploy-
ment and the direction of their movement.
In every case, the sequence in which the order It prepared
depends on the situation.
A combat order is given in written form. In cases where
an order is given verbally it should be noted down or plotted on
a map with a legend and distributed to theluuAits (large units).
In either case there should be the barest minimum of time lost
between the issuance of an order and its delivery to those who
execute it.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-31-
SECRET
During combat, depending on the situation, combat missions
are assigned or made more exact by the commander personally by
visits (flights) to his subordinates, and also by combat
instructions transmitted by staff officers or via communications
systems.
Combat instructions contain only the combat mission and
informat on necessary for the commander to whom they are
addressed. If necessary, to assure coordination, combat instructions
may contain the sequence for fulfilling assigned missions as well
as missions of neighboring units.
Missions concerning combat, engineer, materiel, technical,
and medical support, the organization of communications, the
secrecy of preparation and surprise in combat operations, as
well as missions for political work, are transmitted to the
troops by separate directives and instructions.
61. When assigning missions for artillery which employs
atomic charges, the division (corps) commander indicates the
targets to be destroyed, the yield of the atomic charges, the
type and height of burst, the area of the firing positions, and
the time to be ready to open fire.
In determining how much preparation time is required for
artillery to open fire, it is necessary to take into consideration
the time needed for preparing (arming) atdmddccharges for combat
employment.
62. The most..i portatltr.?responsibility of the commander and
the staff in control of troops is the organization and maintenance
of uninterrupted coordination. It is organized in the interests
of large units (units) executing the main tasks in combat.
The commander organizes troop coordination immediately
after the assignment of combat missions. Later on, depending on
the availability of time and other conditions, coordination can
be refined in greater detail on the ground, on relief plans, and
on maps.
Coordination is achieved by:
- common understanding of the aims of combat operations
and a knowledge of combat missions and the methods of
accomplishing them;
- continuous knowledge of the situation;
- uninterrupted communications and continuous mutual
information;
- a common system of orientation, knowledge and appropriate
use of established signals, and also timely plotting of
the lines occupied by the ;droops;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-32-
SECRET
- a mutually advantageous deployment of troops and the
rendering of mutual support and aid during combat;
- continuous leadership of the troops and supervision
of their fulfillment of combat missions.
In organizing coordination, consideration must be given
to*. the organization of communications between the coordinated
troops; the assignment of signals for target designation,
requesting, shifting and cessation of fire, and identifying and
indicating troop positions; and the method off requesting aviation
allotted for support.
Coordination is maintained by all commanders and staffs
throughout combat. Disrupted coordination must be reestablished
immediately.
The method established for coordination is set forth on
a coordination planning table or presented graphically on a
map (chart).
63. Supervision of the preparation of troops for combat, and
of all their actions during combat, must be timely; it must aim
at anticipating and eliminating shortcomings in the actions of
subordinate troops and at the accurate fulfillment of assigned
missions.
Not one deviation from the fulfillment of a given order
may be permitted to pass unheeded, if the deviation threatens
to disrupt the fulfillment of the combat mission in the designated
time; if it adversely affects the operations of adjacent units;
or if it interferes with the supplying of troops with all the
necessities for combat.
The best method of control is by personal visits (flights)
directly to the troops by the commander, his deputies, and officers
of the staff and services.
The exercising of control must not take the form of petty
interference and must not create any nervousness among
subordinates, particularly during combat.
64. For troop control purposes, in a division (corps) there
are usually organized a command post, a forward command post,
and a control point for the rear.
The command post (KP) (komandnyy punkt) is the basic
center of control. 16--s-Of up in a place which assures
uninterrupted troop control and which affords concealment for
personnel and equipment.
The command post usually has the staff of the large unit,
the staff of artillery, and the political section, without their
sections (departments), and personnel concerned with records and
replacements.
SECRE
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-33-
SECRET
The chief of staff of the large unit is in charge of the
command post.
The forward command post (PKP) (peredovoy komandnyy punkt)
is not up to assure the commander o -troop control during combat
in the main direction. It should be situated in such a place
or moved to such a distance from the troops of the first echelon
so as to enable the commander to be near his troops, to influence
the course of combat quickly and, if possible, to see the
actions of the troops.
The forward command post must be highly mobile and it
must have a small complement which can be changed as the situation
demands. With the division (corps) commander at the forward
command post are the officers and communication equipment which
he needs to organize combat operations and troop control.
The Rear Area Control Point (TPU) (tylovoy punkt
upravlen ya is organized for the direct on of the rear of
a large unit in a place from which uninterrupted control over
rear units and sub-units can be ensured, and where there are
stable communications with the commander and the staff. At
the rear area command point usually are located the deputy
commander of the large unit for the rear together with officers
directly subordinated to him, the technical service, the artillery
supply service, and sections (departments) of division (corps)
staff and control which are integral parts of other control points.
The large unit newspaper editorial staff and printing press and
an officer of the political department with Party and Komsomol
records, are located in the area of the rear area control point.
The rear area control point is under the direction of
the large-unit deputy commander for the rear.
65. Communications centers which ensure stable communications
between control points, with subordinate and coordinated troops,
and with the higher commander and his staff, are established
at the control points.
Control points must be situated in concealed places and
must be carefully camouflaged. In addition, both in defense and
in departure areas for the offensive, as a rule reserve sites
which could be used, if the situation warrants, for the transfer
of control points, are prepared and equipped from the engineering
standpoint.
66. The location, time, direction, and sequence of displacement
of control points usually are determined by the large unit
commander.
Movement of control points occurs, as a rule, successively,
without waiting for the completion of engineer improvements of the
new sites. Displacement of a command post is usually made on the
decision of the next higher staff.
S E C R E
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SFCPFT
The next higher commander and staff are informed of the
displacement of a forward command post and command post.
During the displacement of control points it is necessary
to ensure uninterrupted control over subordinate troops and
uninterrupted communications with the next higher commander
and his staff. In such cases, when the division commander
himself is on the move, he maintains troop control directly
from the armored carrier (tank, car) equipped with communications
equipment.
67. Communications -- the basic means of ensuring troop
control in baftle.
The timely organization and maintenance of uninterrupted
communications with subordinate and coordinated troops, and
also the transmission to them of warning signals concerning enemy
aircraft, the danger of an enemy atomic attack, or chemical
attack are major responsibilities of the commander and the
staff.
68. To ensure troop control, radio, radio relay, wire, mobile
and signaling means of communications, and television, are used.
Depending on the given conditions, those means of
communications are used which have characteristics capable of
ensuring troop control more completely. The multiple employment
in each direction of the various means of communications is the
best method of ensuring uninterrupted communications.
Radio and radio-relay means are the basic means of
communications during combat. Par icular attention should be
given to the organization and protection of radio and radio-
relay communications and to protecting them from enemy jamming.
Radio sets must always be with the commander and the chief of
staff. All commanders (chiefs) must know how to converse by
radio.
Wire communications are usually used in defense, in
departure positions for an offensive, in deploying troops at a
halt, and also for internal communications at control points.
Television is used to assure observation of the battle-
field in the most important directions, and to transmit pictures
of military documents and maps.
Mobile and signaling means of communication are widely
used in all types o troop combat operations. necessary,
according to the commander's decision, combat tanks, armored
personnel carriers, and helicopters (airplanes) may be used
as mobile communication means.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-35-
MW SECRET
In order to ensure the timely delivery of battle orders,
instructions, and official packages to their addressees, staff
officers and message center personnel use vehicles with
special identification markings which give them priority on all
roads and the right to pass columns.
69. To establish communications, radio-radio-relay, and
mobile means, are allocated both'by the next higher staff, and
by the staffs of subordinate and coordinated large units (units);
wire lines are allocated by the next higher staff.
In all circumstances the possibility of maintaining
communications with the next lower echelon of command must be
provided for.
If communications with the next higher commander. (chief)
and staff are lost, the subordinate is responsible for taking
measures to reestablish them.
Communications between control points of coordinated
troops are established on the order of the commander (staff)
in charge of organizing the coordination.
The responsibility for the establishment of communications
between coordinated large units (units), as a rule, is entrusted:
--for communications along the front, to the unit adjacent
on the right;
--for communications from the rear to the front, to the
commander (staff) of the large unit (unit) in the second
echelon (reserve) or in the rear area;
--for communications between the commander (staff) of
a combined-arms large unit and the commanders (staffs) of large
units (units) of the arms of troops and special troops coordinated
with him, to the commanders (staffs) of the large units (units)
of the arms of troops and special troops.
In the absence of instructions or in the event of loss
of communications, the commanders (staffs) of coordinated large
units (units) must immediately take measures to establish
communications between themselves.
Communications of large units of the ground forces with
aviation are established through operational groups of the air
army, and also through the commanders of aviation large units
(units) or their representatives and aviation control and target
designation officers who are attached with their radi
equipment to the control points of combined-arms large units of
the ground forces.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-36-
M SECRET
Communications of large units of ground forces with
large units (units) of the navy are established with the equipment
of each of the coordinated large units (units), and also through
naval representatives who are attached with their radio equipment
to control points of the troops coordinated with them. Wire
communications on shore are established with the equipment of
the large units of the ground forces.
70. The method of utilizing the means of communications in
combat is determined by the commander (chief of staff) depending
on the situation and the orders of the next higher staff.
During preparation for combat operations the existing
operating conditions of radio and radio-relay stations are
maintained, and newly arrived troops are forbidden radio and
radio-relay transmissions before their commitment into combat.
The use of radio communications for fire control of anti-aircraft
artillery and for communications with reconnaissance units is
not restricted.
The transmission of warning signals about enemy aviation
or the danger of an atomic or chemical attack is conducted on a
priority basis with all available means of communications.
71. The observance of the rules of coded communications
and the strict restriction of the number of people using technical
means of communications are obligatory in all aspects of troop
combat activity.
In the interests of achieving secrecy during preparation
for combat operations and of achieving surprise in a strike
against the enemy, it is forbidden to use communications
facilities for conversations and transmissions by technical means
of communications concerning the organization of troop combat
perations and preparations for the use of atomic weapons and
other means of mass destruction. Essential instructions on these
subjects are transmitted, as a rule, at personal meetings or
through staff officers, and in the event of extreme urgency --
by cypher or by the use of special equipment.
The transmission of messages in clear text over radio
and radio-relay facilities is permitted:
-in units and sub-units of all arms of troops and of
special troops for transmitting commands, instructions, and
reports in combat;
--in the division, during the course of a battle, for
the transmission of separate instructions on order Of the
division commander when the situation is such that the use of
coded communications could cause a delay in the delivery of
instructions or reports;
--for warnings of enemy aircraft and the danger of enemy
atomic or chemical attack.
ASM SECR
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-37-
GrD1T
In all cases of clear text transmissions, it is mandatory
to encode the number and designations of units, the positions and
last names of commanders, and areas and terrain points.
72. The commandant's service is organized in all types of
troop combat activity to ensure the timely, organized, and
concealed movement, concentration and displacement of troops
and of combat equipment and transport, as well as to maintain
the prescribed order and supervision over the observance of
camouflage measures by the troops.
control.
A major mission of the commandant's service is traffic
Commandant's service is organized on troop movement
routes, in zones of operations, and deployment areas, at passages
through mine and explosives obstacles and contaminated sectors,
at water-crossing sites and mountain passes, in embarkation and
debarkation areas during troop movements, and in the deployment
areas of rear area units (sub-units).
Commandant's service is organized by the staff on orders
from the large unit commander and on instructions from the next
higher staff.
Traffic control and commandant's sub-units are used to
carry out the commandant's service; should there not be a
sufficient number of these sub-units available, troop sub-units
may be used. Those sub-units used to carryout commandant's
services are supplied with communications and other necessary
equipment.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-38-
SFCPFT
POLITICAL WORK IN A COMBAT SITUATION
73. Political work should be directed toward firmly and
consistently implementing the policies of the Communist Party in
the Armed Forces, toward raising the combat efficiency and combat
readiness of the troops, toward strengthening the political-morale
condition and military discipline of personnel and the successful
accomplishment of combat missions in order to achieve total defeat
of the enemy.
74. Political work in a combat situation is organized on the basis
of decisions of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the
Soviet Union and the Soviet Government, orders and directives of
the Supreme High Command, the directives and orders of the Chief
Political Directorate of the Soviet Army and Navy.
The content of political work in various situations of
combat activity is also determined on the basis of commanders'
combat orders, the nature of combat, and the peculiarities of the
situation.
The commanders, the political department of the large unit,
and the Party and Komsomol organizations are further guided in their
practical work by "The Statutes for the Political Organs of the Soviet
Army and Navy" and by instructions validated by the Central Committee
of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union.
75. The commander of a large unit is fully responsible for the
political work in the large unit and for the political-morale and
military discipline of the personnel.
The chief of the political department is deputy commander
of the large unit for political affairs, directly organizes and
conducts political work, and is responsible to the large unit
commander and to the next higher political organ for the status
of this work.
76. All commanders (chiefs) are daily obligated to engage
personally in the political and military training of their
subordinates, their activity being guided by the Party and
Komsomol organizations, and fully utilizing the influence of both
for the successful accomplishment of the missions which face the
troops.
Contact with subordinates and the thorough study of their
political, combat, and moral qualities, plus personal examples of
courage and bravery are continuing responsibilities of all commanders
(chiefs) and political workers.
SECRET.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-39-
SFCRFT
77. The tasks of political work under combat conditions are:
--the rallying of personnel around the Communist Party and
the Soviet Government; the explanation to all servicemen of the
leading and guiding role of the Communist Party;
--the training of personnel in the spirit of Soviet
patriotism; of unlimited love for and devotion to their
Socialist Motherland, to the Communist Party, and to the
Soviet Government; in the spirit of friendship of the peoples
of our country and proletarian internationalism; in the spirit
of loyalty to the military oath and of personal responsibility
for the defense of their Motherland, the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics;
--explanation to the servicemen of the reasons, nature,
and political aims of war and the missions before the Armed
Forces; of the international and internal situation of the USSR;
of the superiority of the Soviet social and governmental system
over the capitalistic system; and also, intensive propaganda
about the combat successes of the Armed Forces at the front and
labor achievements of the Soviet people on the home front;
--the training of personnel in hatred toward the enemy;
in the belief of the righteousness of our cause and in victory
over the enemy; in a high offensive spirit; bravery; initiative;
in the ability., to overcome staunchly all the hardships and
deprivations of a combat situation, and in the readiness, at all
costs and under any circumstances, to defend the interests of
the Soviet State;
--the encouragement of all personnel to be ever ready to
act courageously and decisively in conditions when atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction are used by the enemy, and
also at the proper time to exploit promptly and skillfully, the
results of employment of these weapons by our troops; and the
preservation in strictest secrecy of all measures concerned with
the use of atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction;
--the exhorting of personnel to the successful accomplishment
cif assigned combat missions and the maintenance of uninterrupted
troop coordination, and to the strengthening-of military comrade-
ship, mutual support, and assistance in combat;
--the strengthening of unity of command, the training of
personnel in the spirit of conscious obedience to, and respect
for, commanders, of unquestioning and exact fulfillment of
commanders' (chiefs) orders and of constant readiness to protect
them in combat;
--the training of personnel to believe in the strength and
power of their weapons, to have a sense of responsibility for the
preservation of their arms, equipment, and military property, and
to strive constantly to improve their combat skill;
440 SECRr
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-40-
SFC'RFT
--the training of personnel in the combat traditions of the
Armed Forces and of their own large unit, in the spirit of loyalty
to the Standard of their unit (large unit), and in the determination
to protect it as a most-valued possession;
--the training of personnel in the spirit of combat comrade-
ship with troops of the armies of countries of the Socialist Camp,
and the propagandizing of their combat successes;
--the popularization of the heroic achievements of
servicemen, and concern for the prompt encouragement and recommenda-
tion of decorations for soldiers who have distinguished themselves
inti?oombat;
--the training of personnel in a high degree of vigilance,
in an understanding of how to preserve military and State secrets,
and in the guarding of their sub-unit and unit from infiltration
by spies and diversionists;
--concern for the uninterrupted supplying of troops with
all the necessities for living and for combat, particularly
ammunition, fuel, and rations, and also, for rest and the
satisfaction of the personal and cultural needs of soldiers,
sergeants, and officers;
--the carrying out of study measures for reinforcements
and the rendering of assistance to the staff in distributing
them among the units;
--concern for timely medical aid and evacuation of the
wounded and sick from the battlefield, and for the organization
of burials for Soviet soldiers who have fallen in battle for the
Motherland;
--the establishment and maintenance of proper relations
of troops with the local population;
--concern for the preservation of historical monuments
and cultural items of value located in the area of troop combat
operations;
--the study of the content, form, and methods of enemy
propaganda, the introduction of methods for suppressing and
exposing this propaganda and possible enemy provocations.
78. Political work in various combat situations of troops has
as its goal:
--in the offensive - to create a great offensive spirit in
soldiers, sergeants, an officers, and an unswerving determination
to achieve complete defeat of the enemy;
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-1.1-
SECRET
--in the defense - to reinforce the firmness and tenacity
of personnel, an a so their readiness to carry out counter-
attacks and to go over to a decisive offensive;
--during combat in an encirclement, breakout from an
encirclement, and during a withdrawal - to arouse soldiers to
show endurance, firmness, discipline, and vigilance, and not
to permit panic feelings nor to allow a lack of faith in their
ability to carry out the assigned combat missions;
--during troop movement - to mobilize personnel for timely
and organized arrival at a designated area in full combat readiness.
79. Political work among the troops must be purposeful and
ceaseless. This is achieved bye
--the timely assignment of tasks for political work and
the instructing of commanders and political workers concerning
the content, form, and method.-,of this work with the personnel;
--the continuous awareness by the political apparatus of
the decisions reached by the commander and the instructions he
has issued; and the maintenance of uninterrupted contact between
the staff and the political section, and their mutual information;
--the strengthening of Party and Komsomol organizations,
their correct distribution, and the exemplary conduct of Communists
and Komsomol members in combat;
--the daily personal influence of commanders (chiefs) and
political workers on subordinates;
--timely political information from lower to higher and
from higher to lower levels.
The political department works out a plan of political
work for the periods of preparation for, and conduct of, the
combat activity of troops, on the basis of the assigned mission
and combat orders of the large unit.
Political work must be more active when the combat
situation is tenser and more complex.
80. Political work among the enemy troops and the population near
their front line has as its goal the undermining of the enemy's
morale and combat capabilities and is carried out by means of:
--systematic study of the political-morale status of the
enemy, the political interrogation of prisoners-of-war and
deserters, the questioning of the local population, and the
collection and study of captured documents and literature;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
--the implementation among enemy troops and the population
near their front line, of active written and verbal propaganda
and agitation;
--the organization of work for disruption and suppression
of hostile propaganda and also of possible enemy provocations;
--the conduct of political work among prisoners-of-war.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-13-
40M SECRET
CHAPTER IV
COMBAT SECURITY OF TROOPS
81. Combat security is designed to prevent surprise attack
by enemy ground and air forces, to give troops the opportunity
for timely and organized commitment to combat and to conduct
combat operations successfully under any conditions.
Combat security of troops includes: intelligence,
security, antiaircraft defense, defense against atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction, camouflage, and radio
countermeasures. It is organized by all commanders and is in
continuous effect by troops in all situations.
The division (corps) commander must assign combat
security missions early enough and allocate the necessary forces
and equipment for it, with due regard for the measures taken by
the senior commander.
82. Intelligence - one of the most important measures for
troop combat security. To aid the commander in reaching a well-
founded decision, intelligence must provide timely and reliable
information about the enemy, terrain, weather, political
sentiments of the local population, and also about the economic
and sanitary-epidemic conditions of the area of combat operations.
Intelligence must establish the location of the enemy,
his strength, composition, and dispostions, especially of
tank forces; promptly and accurately determine the location of
enemy atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction and the
preparations for their employment; determine the nature of
enemy activity, his intentions and combat readiness; establish
the type and system of enemy defensive works and obstacles, the
location of his weapons, control centers and radiotechnical
equipment; and discover new enemy technical and other combat
equipment, methods of their employment, and new ways of
conducting combat.
In atomic strikes by our troops, intelligence must
determine accurately the epicenters (centers) and the heights
of burst, and moreover, in an enemy strike, also the yield
and effects of atomic explosions.
Terrain reconnaissance is conducted in order to find
out the nature and peculiarities of relief, natural obstacles
and local features, condition of the soil, roads, and the degree
of influence of the terrain on the disposition and actions of
friendly troops and enemy troops, especially with reference to
the employment of atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction, and to protection from them.
SEC
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
SECRET
Information about weather conditions and its expected
changes in the area of combat operations is provided by the
meteorological service.
83. Intelligence is conducted actively and continuously
forward of the front, in gaps and on the flanks of large units,
in the enemy rear and in the rear of one?s own troops. The
main effort of intelligence in all situations concentrates first
on prompt disclosure of enemy atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction, and on the most suitable of his installations
(targets) on which to launch atomic strikes.
Continuous observation is conducted of detected enemy
concentrations and of his most important installations.
Intelligence must know how to detect promptly, and
to distinguish, genuine from dummy enemy installations.
84. Reconnaissance is conducted by all arms of troops, by
special troops, and by services, with extensive employment of
technical means.
Depending on the means and the type of armed force
to which it belongs, reconnaissance is divided into ground, air,
and sea reconnaissance.
Ground reconnaissance is conducted by the forces and
equipment of large units an units of the ground forces. Organic
reconnaissance sub-units, and also sub-units of all arms of
troops, special troops, and services are utilized for its conduct.
Aerial reconnaissance in support of large units and
units of the ground forces s organized by the army staff.
Conduct of aerial reconnaissance may be assigned to the aviation
supporting large units (units). As a rule, aerial reconnaissance
missions are assigned verbally by the large unit commander,
through aviation representatives or an appropriate aviation
headquarters.
Information transmitted from aircraft by radio about
the enemy is received by all staffs of large units.
Naval reconnaissance in support of ground forces is
organized and conducted by large units and units of submarines,
surface ships, coastal artillery, and naval aviation.
The forces and equipment allotted for reconnaissance
are in every case determined by the assigned mission, by the
locations and activities of the enemy, by the nature of the
terrain, by the condition of the weather, and by the distance
to the reconnaissance objectives.
SEC
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-45-
SECRET
85. Radiotechnical reconnaissance is conducted by ground,
aircraft, and ship radar, by television, and by radio reconnaissance
equipment. Radiotechnical reconnaissance permits the discovery
of the groupings, composition, equipment, nature of activity, and
intention of enemy troops. In addition, radiotechnical reconnaissance,
with the aid of radio reconnaissance means, permits discovery of
the enemy radiotechnical support system and the determination of
the location and characteristics of his radiotechnical means with
the purpose of organizing countermeasures against their deployment.
86. Intelligence information is obtained in combat by
observation, raids, ambushes, activity of reconnaissance groups
in the enemy rear, photography, monitoring, direction-finding
and interception of enemy conversations, interrogation of
prisoners and refugees, interrogation of local inhabitants and
by the study of captured documents and materiel.
The most reliable information about the enemy is obtained
by the combat activities of troops and of reconnaissance sub-
units. Activities of reconnaissance sub-units must be bold,
daring, decisive, show initiative and be conducted, as a rule,
secretly and unexpectedly.
87. Reconnaissance in force (boyem) before the beginning of
the offensive is conducted on the decision of the army commander
(corps commander), and under other conditions -- on the decision
of the division commander. It is conducted with the purpose
of verifying and clarifying information on the enemy or for
obtaining it, when it is impossible to do so by other means.
Reconnaissance in force is conducted by specially
designated motorized rifle (rifle) and tank sub-units, which,
as a rule, are reinforced by artillery, tanks, sappers, and
chemical personnel. Activities of the sub-units conducting
reconnaissance in force, are supported by artillery and, in
some instances, by aviation.
88. Observation is organized in all types of troop combat
activity and s~ corm conducted continuously, with extensive employment
of radar, television, and optical instruments. During night
observation, night-seeing devices and means of illuminating the
area are utilized. Observation is augmented by monitoring,
especially at night and under other conditions of limited
visibility.
Observation of the enemy is conducted from all forward
command and observation posts. In addition, a net of observation
posts with specially trained soliders, sergeants, and officers
is established.
Aerial reconnaissance is accomplished from airplanes
and helicopters. In the most important sectors the division
(corps) commander is obligated personally to conduct observation
of enemy activity and of the activities of his own troops.
SECRW#
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SFCRFT
89. Raids and ambushes are conducted on instructions of
large unit and unit comma, era for the purpose of capturing
enemy prisoners, documents, and samples of weapons and combat
equipment.
90. Photography is an important means of obtaining informa-
tion abou ie enemy.
Aerial photography may be vertical or oblique.
Photography of the main sectors of troop activity and of move-
ment routes may be executed by oblique-panoramic shots.
Ground photography is conducted by the equipment of
artillery and engineer troops.
91. Interception and direction-finding are basic methods of
radio reconnaissance and are used for the purpose of obtaining
information about enemy composition, groupings, equipment, and
intentions, the location and equipment 61 his control points,
and also about the characteristics and location of his
radiotechnical facilities.
Interception and direction-finding are accomplished by
utilization of the reconnaissance equipment of special units
and sub-units.
92. For conducting reconnaissance the division (corps)
dispatches reconnaissance detachments consisting of a
reinforced company up to a reinforced battalion, separate
reconnaissance patrols consisting of a squad up to a reinforced
platoon, and reconnaissance groups. Moreoever, when necessary,
officer reconnaissance is organized.
Reconnaissance detachments and separate reconnaissance
patrols are organized from organic reconnaissance units (sub-units)
or from reinforced motorized rifle (rifle,tank) sub-units.
The reconnaissance detachment is assigned a zone or
direction for reconnaissance, and a separate reconnaissance
patrol -- a direction or objective. The width of the zone is
determined by the missions, strength of the reconnaissance
detachment, the presence of roads, and the nature of the terrain.
Reconnaissance groups are formed for conducting
reconnaissance in the enemy rear, and sometimes for executing
raids and ambushes.
Reconnaissance groups, at times, may be assigned
missions to destroy enemy mass destruction weapons, or of
requesting and adjusting artillery fire and air strikes on these
targets, and of conducting supplementary reconnaissance of targets
for atomic strikes. Reconnaissance groups are dispatched to the
enemy rear area only on instructions of the large unit commander.
SECRe
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-47-
4M
Helicopters (airplanes) are widely employed to dispatch
reconnaissance groups to the enemy rear area and into gaps and
breaches in his combat dispositions.
The radius of action of units and sub-units (reconnaissance
groups), detailed to reconnaissance, is determined by the
missions, the composition of the units and sub-units (reconnaissance
groups), the means of movement, and by the possibility of maintaining
communication with them.
Officer reconnaissance is organized for the purpose of
clarifying information on the enemy, of establishing the
positions of friendly troops and adjacent units, of checking
contradictory information about the situation, and of clarifying
data about the terrain in the area of combat operations. Officer
reconnaissance is organized for a short duration during the
initial engagement and during combat under rapidly changing
conditions; it is conducted in tanks, armored personnel carriers,
vehicles, and helicopters.
93. Missions for units and sub-units (reconnaissance
groups), detailed to reconnaissance, are assigned, as a rule,
by the commander personally or by the chief of staff. Always
indicated are: zone (direction, area) and objectives to be
reconnoitered , what information and by what time it is necessary
to acquire it, and the schedule and sequence for submitting
reports. When necessary the method for accomplishing the
assigned mission may be indicated.
When accomplishing reconnaissance missions connected
with crossing one's own front line, the sequence of passage,
password, and countersign are indicated.
94. Large units and units of artillery and special troops
conduct reconnaissance independently, and also include their
reconnaissance personnel in the composition of reconnaissance
sub-units (units), dispatched by combined-arms staffs.
All information on the. enemy acquired by reconnaissance
of the arms of troops and of special troops must be relayed
promptly to the combined-arms staff.
95. Information about the enemy is rapidly and carefully
studied and evaluated by means of comparison. Thorough analysis
of reconnaissance data should give the commander the opportunity
to learn the enemy plan and to determine his strong and weak points.
SECRETOWW 50X1-HUM
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-1+8-
SECRET
2. SECURITY
96. Security is organized for the purpose of warning troops
of a surprise attack by enemy ground forces, of providing them
time and advantageous conditions for commitment to combat, and
of preventing penetration by enemy reconnaissance into the
dispositions of the protected troops.
Troops organize local security under all circumstances.
In addition, they organize: on a march -- march security,
in combat -- combat security, during a halt -- halt security.
Forces and equipment allocated for security are
determined by the commander, depending on the situation and
the nature of impending actions.
3. ANTIAIRCRAFT DEFENSE
97. Antiaircraft defense is organized for the purpose of
preventing enemy air strikes on troops and rear area installations
and of denying him aerial reconnaissance.
Antiaircraft defense of troops includes:
- reconnaissance of enemy aircraft and warning the
troops about them;
- protection of troops and important installations
against fighter aircraft;
- protection of the troops with tube and missile
antiaircraft artillery fire;
- jamming radiotechnical equipment'of enemy aviation;
- firing of infantry weapons to des tdry low-flying
air targets.
The destruction of radar centers, centers (posts) of enemy
aircraft control and guidance, his take-off areas, and airplanes
on airfields by strikes of aviation, artillery, and other means
of destruction contribute to a significant degree to the success
of antiaircraft defense of troops.
In addition, in the interests of antiaircraft defense,
troops must carry out extensive camouflage, dispersal, and engineer
preparation of the terrain.
98. Reconnaissance of enemy aviation is conducted by
reconnaissance sub-units of antiaircraft artillery, by antiaircraft
defense radar posts, by air observers using optical and other
observation equipment, and, when necessary, by aviation.
SECRET.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
40 SECRET
Information about enemy aviation is transmitted
immediately to fighter aircraft, tube and missile antiaircraft
artillery, units of radio-countermeasure troops of antiaircraft
defense, and to the division (corps) commander, who, depending
on the situation, issues instructions to warn troops of enemy
aircraft.
99. Protection of troops and installations by fighter
aircraft is accomplished on instructions of the senior commander.
The division (corps) commander is informed of the time,
the areas (zones), altitude, number of planes, and the method
by which fighter aircraft will protect the division (corps).
100. Protection of troops and installations by organic and
attached tube and missile antiaircraft artillery is accomplished
in coordination with fighter aircraft by destroying enemy
aviation at the approaches to protected troops (installations)
and directly over them.
Tube antiaircraft artillery is used for the destruction
of enemy aviation in the near approaches to the protected troops
and targets. Missile antiaircraft artillery is employed for the
destruction of enemy aircraft at considerable distances from the
protected troops and installations.
Coordination between antiaircraft artillery and fighter
aircraft is organized by the senior commander, as a rule, in one
zone and is accomplished by distributing the targets between them
or the times of target engagement, depending on the location of
the fighters being guided.
4. PROTECTION FROM ATOMIC WEAPONS AND OTHER MEANS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
101. Protection from atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction is organized to prevent or reduce as much as possible
the destruction of troops and rear area installations by atomic
weapons, toxic substances, and bacteriological agents, and to
preserve their combat effectiveness. It is composed of antiatomic,
antichemical, and antibacteriological protection. First n
importance is antis om c protection.
Protection of troops from atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction includes:
- detecting preparations for the employment by the enemy
of mass destruction weapons;
- informing troops about the danger of atomic attack, of
chemical attack, radioactive contamination, and employment
by the enemy of bacteriological agents;
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-50-
SECRET
- conducting radiation, chemical, and bacteriological
reconnaissance;
- dispersing and camouflaging troops and periodically
changing their locations, utilizing protective features
of the terrain, engineering preparation of it, and preparing
antiatomic and antichemical cover;
- executing of sanitary-hygiene and special prophylactic
measures;
- providing troops the means of protection and accomplishing
measures for the protection of troops from destruction by
toxic and radioactive agents and by bacteriological agents;
- eliminating the after-effects of enemy weapons of mass
destruction.
The division (corps) commander, having discovered that the
enemy has mass destruction means, reports it to the senior commander
and takes measures for their rapid destruction, utilizing for this
purpose fire from field and antiaircraft artillery and, if necessary,
calls on the aviation attached for support.
102. A common warning signal of the danger of atomic strike
and a warning signal for chemical attack are established to notify
the troops. The chemical attack warning signal also is the warning
signal for radioactive contamination and for enemy employment of
bacteriological agents.
Depending on the situation, warning signals may be sounded
for the entire large unit or only for individual units (sub-units)
which are immediately threatened by danger.
The warning signal for danger of atomic strike is sounded
only on instruction of the large unit commander on the basis of
the directives of the next higher headquarters or independently
upon receipt of reconnaissance data which indicate an immediate
threat of atomic attack.
103. Radiation, chemical, and bacteriological reconnaissance
is organized to provide the commander promptly with the necessary
data concerning contamination of the terrain and air by radioactive
and toxic substances or bacteriological agents. It is conducted
by observation posts (observers) and by reconnaissance sub-units
of all arms of troops, special troops, and services.
A preliminary evaluation of radioactive contamination in
areas of atomic bursts and in the zone of movement of the radio-
active cloud is performed initially on a map with the aid of graphs
(tables) and is refined, according to data from chemical observation
posts (observers) and by radiation reconnaissance from helicopters
(airplanes), tanks, armored personnel carriers, and vehicles.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-51-
SECRET
104. Bngineer preparation of terrain is the basic means of
protection of troops from the destructive actions of atomic
weapons. For protection of personnel and combat equipment this
includes trenches, foxholes, covered installations for observation
and conducting fire, specially equipped shelters, dugouts, and
other cover.
For protection against destruction by atomic weapons,
the troops first construct the simplest cover, utilizing
extensively the materials at hand and later equip the structures
to provide a greater degree of protection for personnel and
equipment.
Cover, equipped for antichemical protection, also
protects personnel from destruction by radioactive substances
and bacteriological agents.
During occupation of populated areas, strongly-built
basement rooms of buildings, local shelters, and, underground
structures are used for cover.
105. Protection of troops from destruction by radioactive
and toxic substances and bacteriological agents is ensured by
skillful and prompt employment of individual antichemical
protective means, of cover equipped for antichemical protection,
by control of exposure and contamination of personnel, and by
limiting the time troops stay in a contaminated area.
During prolonged troop activity in contaminated terrain
it is necessary to provide for rest periods for personnel by
turns, for their receipt of food, and for periodic relief of units
(sub-units).
106. Elimination of the effects of enemy employment of mass
destruction weapons includes:
- reestablishment of disrupted troop control, of battle
formation, and of combat readiness of units (sub-units);
- rescue work and medical evacuation after an atomic attack,
first aid for those who have been contaminated by toxic
substances, medical examination of all personnel who have
been exposed to the action of bacteriological agents, or
who have received doses of radiation above tolerance levels;
- the reconstruction of engineer structures and obstacles;
- isolating and restricting measures or the organization
of quarantine if the enemy has used bacteriological agents;
- the clearing and reconstruction of routes of troop
movement and the extinguishing of fires;
MW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
- sanitary processing of personnel, including decontamination,
degassing, and disinfecting of arms, combat and other
materiel, engineer structures, clothing, equipment, and
terrain;
- purification of water after contamination by radioactive
and toxic substances or bacteriological agents, and
neutralization of foodstuffs;
- dosimetric checks;
- combating insects and other carriers of infectious diseases.
The commander of a division (corps) allocates the forces and
resources necessary for such rescue operations.
If the division (corps) contains animals, measures must be
taken to protect them and to'give them veterinary care to protect
them from contamination and to neutralize their forage.
107. Sanitary processing of the troops, decontamination, degassing,
and disinfection of weapons and combat and other materiel is divided
into partial and complete categories. Partial sanitary processing,
decontamination, degassing, and disinfection are provided on the spot
in the battle formations of the troops,:who continue to carry out
their combat tasks. Complete processing is carried out after the
troops have fulfilled the tasks laid down in the instructions of
the commander of the division (corps), at special processing points,
or directly in the sub-units, using the proper means or field
expedients.
108. Units and sub-units which have lost their capacity to
fight as a result of the enemy's use of weapons of mass destruction
may be relieved and withdrawn from the battle for reorganization only
by the decision of the commander of the division (corps).
5. CAMOUFLAGE
109. Camouflage is intended to hide the activity and disposition
of friendly troops from all types of enemy reconnaissance and to
confuse him about their true disposition and intentions. Camouflage
of troops is achieved by:
- the use of camouflage features of the terrain, the hours
of darkness, and other conditions of reduced visibility;
- the use of standard and expedient camouflage, pyrotechnical,
antiradar and smoke resources;
- the use of radio, antiradar, visual, and aural deception;
5FC'RFDWPV
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-53-
SECRET
- the construction of dummy positions, dummy field works
and areas of deployment; the use of sham troop movements
and demonstration activities in accordance with the
instructions of the senior commander;
- the intelligent. performance by personnel of all
camouflage measures and observance by the troops of
the requirements for camouflage and the guarding of
military secrets.
In order to deceive the enemy and to make his detection
of targets for weapons of mass destruction more difficult, areas
of troop deployment, firing positions, and control points mutt
be moved periodically, especially just prior to the. initiation of
combat actions,
Particular attention must be paid to the camouflage
of areas where units using atomic and missile weapons are deployed,
and to the secrecy of their movement.
The status of camouflage is checked by observation from
the ground and from the air, by photographs from airplanes
(helicopters) bby...rada.r, and by equipment for night visibility.
6. RADIO COUNTERMEASURES
110, Radio countermeasures are of special significance in
modern combat under the conditions of wide use of radiotechnical
means.
Radio countermeasures are intended to disrupt the enemy's
radio control of his troops and combat equipment, by neutralizing
his radiotechnical equipment through jamming.
Artillery, aviation, and intelligence groups are used
to neutralize (destroy) the radiotechnical equipment of the enemy
and to interrupt its work.
111. Radio jamming is carried out by special radio units
(sub-units) in accordance with.: plan set up by the higher
headquarters, as well as by improvised organic radiotechnical
resources of the large unit.
Antiradar deception is carried out by the troops in
order to conceal from the enemy's radar reconnaissance their own
combat equipment and installations in the zone of operations of
the troops, and is achieved by the intelligent use of terrain and
the employment of antiradar mats, angular reflectors, and other
apparatus.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
THE ORGANIZATION OF THE TROOP REAR SERVICES, MATERIEL, TECHNICAL
AND MEDICAL SERVICES
1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
112. Modern combat demands a great outlay of materiel resources,
particularly ammunition and fuel, the rapid repair of all kinds of
military equipment, and timely medical assistance to the sick and
wounded.
The materiel, technical, and medicalrisupport of troops
is one of the most important duties of all commanders and chiefs.
113. The troop rear consists of the rear units and sub-units
which form an integral part of large units, units, and sub-units,
and are intended to provide their materiel, technical, and medical
support.
The organization of the troop rear is an integral part
of the organization of combat operations of the troops and consists
of preparation of the rear area of large units and units to provide
timely and uninterrupted materiel, technical, and medical support
to the troops, the disposition and movement of rear service units
and sub-units, the designation and preparation of routes for supply
and evacuation, and the provision of security, defense, and protection
of the rear area, as well as the protection of supply and evacuation
routes.
Success of troop combat operations depends in large measure
on the careful organization of the troop rear and the smooth function-
ing of its work.
114. Rear units and sub-units are normally deployed in the zone
of operations of the large unit.
If the situation requires the establishment of the rear
of the large unit outside of the zone of operations, the areas
for deployment of the rear units and sub-units are designated by
the senior commander.
If necessary, the troop rear areas may be designated by
the combined-arms large unit. ,
Rear units and sub-units are deployed dispersed, concealed,
and well camouflaged in their assigned areas.
115. The movement of rear units and sub-units is organized in
such a way as to maintain uninterrupted support of troops engaged
in combat actions.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
~ SECRET
The medical points, combat vehicle technical support
elements, and transport elements carrying ammunition and fuel
normally follow immediately behind advancing units. If necessary,
the rear sub-units of regiments may be included in the composition
of the column of divisional rear units.
116. In order to ensure supply and evacuation in the large
unit?s zone of operations, supply and evacuation routes utilizing
the network of troop roads are designated. The forces and
equipment necessary for preparing and maintaining these routes
in good condition are assigned by the commander of the large unit.
117. The commander of the large unit is responsible for the
security and defense of the troop rear and of supply and evacuation
routes. The immediate security and defense of deployment areas
(sites) of the rear units and sub-units, and their protection
from atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, are
organized by the large unit's deputy commander for the rear.
The security and defense of their area, and protection
against atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, are
normally carried out by the forces and equipment of the rear unit
and sub-units themselves. In the presence of a hostile population
or enemy groups in the rear, it is necessary to reinforce the
security and defense of rear units and sub-units. Vehicles must
not be allowed to move singly, and measures must be taken to clear
the area of remaining enemy groups and diversionary elements.
In cases where it is necessary for the security and
defense of troop rear services installations and transport on the
march, the division commander allocates the appropriate forces
and equipment.
2. MATERIEL SUPPORT
118. The materiel support of the troops is accomplished
according to the various categories of supply, each controlled
by the appropriate chiefs of services.
The basic materiel items of troop supply are: ammunition,
fuel, food, and combat equipment of all types.
Large units, units, and sub-units maintain mobile reserves
of materiel supplies, established in accordance with norms and tables,
and constantly replenished by deliveries from the rear.
Mobile reserves are divided into an expendable part and
an emergency reserve, which is normally used by permission of the
division commander, and, in special circumstances, of extreme
urgency, by permission of the regimental commander.
SECRET irrAvowir
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-56-
SECRET
Reserve materiel supplies are stored and transported
under cover in order to protect them from contamination by
radioactive and toxic substances or bacteriological agents.
Depending on the situation, additional reserves of
materiel supplies may be established for the troops by order
of the senior commander.
119. For materiel support of the troops, materiel supplies
procured locally, as well as captured equipment, transport, and
other items in good repair or restored can be used.
The organization of battlefield collection and timely
evacuation to the rear of damaged weapons, combat equipment,
transport, and captured materiel is the responsibility of the
large unit's deputy commander for the rear, and also of all
the chiefs of arms of troops and services.
Materiel supplies which have been procured locally,
and captured materials, are used only after thorough examination
and checking for contamination.
120. The delivery of materiel supplies to large units (units)
is normally carried out by the transport of the higher formation
(large unit). All types of transport are used, particularly
motor vehicle and air. In certain circumstances, the delivery
of materiel supplies from army (division) depots may be made
directly to regiments (battalions) and to artillery firing positions.
By order of the senior commander, divisional (regimental)
motor vehicle transport may be called upon to deliver loads from
the depots of the higher formation (large unit).
In all circumstances the deputy commander (commanding
officer) for the rear of the next higher formation (large unit)
is responsible for the timely delivery of materiel supplies to
the large units (units).
Water is delivered on the instructions, and with the
equipment, of the deputy commander of the division for the rear.
If necessary, and on the order of the division commander, unit
transport may be called upon to carry water.
121. Transport returning to the rear is used, as first
priority, for the evacuation of the sick and wounded. Empty
motor transport which is not required for this purpose is loaded
with weapons and equipment which are surplus or in need of repair
and with other items slated for evacuation.
122. When supplies are delivered to troops by air transport,
the commander of the large unit (unit) is required to prepare landing
strips or drop zones for reception of dropped supplies, assuring
that they are properly marked, and organize the dAloading or
collection of the dropped supplies and ensure their protection.
S E C Ri
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-57-
SECRET
3. TECHNICAL SUPPORT
123. Technical support consists of the organization and
implementation of technically correct utilization, technical
maintenance, and preservation (conservation) of weapons, armored,
motor-tractor, and other equipment, and of their timely repair
and evacuation.
Technical support in large units is organized directly
by the chiefs of the appropriate services.
124. The following are envisaged in the organization of technical
support:
--the preparation of all types of equipment for forthcoming
operations, taking into account the combat missions of the troops
and terrain and weather conditions;
--the preparation of repair and evacuation units and sub-
units for forthcoming operations;
--the organization and execution of technically bringing
up the rear of large units and units;
--execute technical servicing of all kinds of equipment
to the extent indicated by the commander of the large unit (unit.);,,
and the repair and evacuation of equipment which has become
unserviceable or has been damaged in the course of battle.
125. The repair of weapons, armor, tractors and other
equipment which has become unserviceable or damaged in battle
is performed on the spot or under the nearest cover by the forces
and resources of sub-units (units), using ready-made aggregates,
assemblies, and parts. Priority is given to combat equipment
which can be most quickly repaired and returned to duty.
Armor and tractor equipment which cannot be repaired
on the spot, is evacuated to regimental and divisional collection
points for damaged vehicles or is handed over to army evacuation
and repair units at the place where the damage occurred.
Divisional (regimental) collection points for damaged
vehicles are organized by the chief of the tank-technical (technical)
service of the large unit (unit) in areas where there.is the greatest
accumulation of damaged vehicles, near supply and evacuation routes,
and in concealed locations suitable for performing repairs.
Weapons, combat, and other equipment which cannot be
repaired on the spot is evacuated to regimental (divisional, army)
repair workshops or depots.
The evacuation from the division (regiment) of equipment
which has been damaged or become unserviceable is performed by the
army (division) and by empty transport returning to the rear.
SECRECW'i '
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-58-
SECRET
4. MEDICAL SUPPORT
126. Medical support is organized with the aim of maintaining
combat effectiveness and of improving the health of the troops,
to give warning of the onset and spread of disease among the
troops, to render timely medical aid and evacuate the sick and
wounded, and to cure them as quickly as possible and to return
them to troop duty.
127. Rendering of medical assistance to the sick and
wounded on the battlefield, and their evacuation, are carried
out by battalion, regimental, and divisional medical points.
Where necessary, army medical installations may be used to
reinforce divisional medical points in the large units' zone of
operations.
All medical points must accept sick and wounded,
regardless of the unit to which they belong.
128. In cases where the enemy uses atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction, the medical service, together with
other services, takes measures to deal with the consequences of
the attack, and if bacteriological agents are used by the enemy,
the medical service also identifies their type and establishes
the limits of the contaminated sectors.
129. The timely evacuation of the sick and wounded from the
battlefield and from areas of destruction is one of the most
important duties of all commanders and chiefs.
The evacuation of the sick and wounded is carried out
by the medical transport of the higher formation (large unit),
and by empty transport returning to the rear.
Those who have contracted infectious diseases are
evacuated separately from other sick and wounded to special
isolation hospitals in vehicles set aside for that purpose.
5. VETERINARY SUPPORT
130. Veterinary support is organized for the purpose of
supervising the supply of meat to the troops, protecting all
troops from infectious diseases which are common to human beings
and animals, and issuing warnings of and dealing with the diseases
of horses and other animals belonging to the large units (units).
The evacuation of wounded and sick horses and other animals is
carried out on the instructions of the commanders of large units
(units) .
The veterinary service participates in measures to deal
with the consequences of the use by the enemy of weapons of mass
destruction.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-59-
CI CDIGT
6. THE EVACUATION OF PRISONERS-OF-WAR
131. Prisoners-of-war are immediately evacuated from the areas
of combat operations and, on the instructions of the commanders
of units, are conveyed to a divisional prisoner-of-war collection
point, set up behind the divisional combat formation.
The further evacuation of prisoners-of-war from
divisional collection points to reception points at army level
is carried out on the instructions of army headquarters.
The responsibility for feeding and providing medical
assistance to prisoners of war while they are at the divisional
collection point falls on the division deputy commander for the
rear.
7. CONTROL OF THE TROOP REAR
132. The control of the troop rear is an integral part of the
control of the troops. The commander of the division (corps),
when making his decision, takes the following into consideration:
--the quantities of reserve supplies, the time required
for their stockpiling, and the order in which they are echeloned;
--the rates at which ammunition, fuel and other materiel
supplies are expended;
--the priorities for the delivery of materiel supplies
to the units (large units);
--the order and time allotted for carrying out the basic
measures of tehnical support;
--the areas of deployment of rear units and sub-units
and the order of their movement in the course of battle;
--the site of the rear control point.
On the basis of the commander's decision and the directions
issued to the rear services by the senior commander, in the large
unit, instructions, and, in special cases, an order is issued to the
rear services.
133. The large unit deputy commander for the rear is the direct
organizer of the rear and must always be ready to report to the
commander of the division (corps) on all questions relating to
materiel support and to the organization of the rear. He organizes
the materiel support for the troops through his subordinate services;
delivery of materiel of all kinds; reconnaissance of the areas where
the rear units and sub-units are located; their disposition, movement,
and work according to the combat missions; the study of the area of
forthcoming operations; security and defense of the rear and its
protection from weapons of mass destruction. He also directs the
medical and veterinary services.
.'W SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
MW SEC~~ET
14 The large unit deputy commander for the rear must
report any changes in the situation of the rear services to the chief
of staff of the division (corps); i4he must coordinate with him all
the most important instructions given to the rear services and
receive from him information an all changes in the situation and
composition of the troops; he must give directions to the unit
deputy commanders for the rear on questions concerning the support
of troops by subordinate services.
The directions of the deputy commander of the division
(corps) for the rear regarding distribution and movement of rear
units and sub-units, their security and defense, and also the
organization of the delivery of materiel supplies, are binding
on all the chiefs of services of the large unit.
134. The chief of arms of troops, special troops, and
services personally direct the materiel and technical support for
their own troops. They must report to the large unit deputy
commander for the rear about the support given to the troops and
requisition the delivery of the required materiel supplies; issue
directions on the materiel and technical support given to the
subordinate chiefs of the various arms, special troops, and
services; check that the materiel resources are being correctly
used and provide information on how they are being used; organize
the dispersiil, movement, security, and defense of subordinate
units and sub-units.
135. During preparation for battle it is essential to stock
up fully with mobile reserve supplies, and in case of need, to
build up additional. reserves of materiel supplies among the
troops; to service all kinds of equipment, and to repair damaged
weapons, armor, tractors and other equipment; to evacuate to army
depots or workshops equipment and materiel which is not required
6r-which cannot be repaired or made serviceable on the spot;
to evacuate the sick and wounded from the sub-units and from
medical points, and to carry out hygienic and prophylactic
measures;tOoselect and prepare for movement behind the forward
units the necessary materiel, technical, and medical support;
to prepare for the work and disperse the rear units and sub-units
and to assure their careful concealment and reliable cover against
air attack.
136. In the course of a battle, continuous replacement is
carried out, and, if necessary, the movement of reserve materiel
supplies in accordance with changes in the situation must be made;
speedy repair and evacuation of damaged military equipment must be
effected; timely assistance and first aid must be given to the sick
and the wounded, and they must be evacuated from the battlefield;
restoration of transport and evacuation routes behind the troops
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-61-
SECRET
must be effected; timely dispersal of rear units and sub-units
into new areas must be effected in such a way that they do not
block the roads or interfere with the troops' movement or
maneuver; dependable cover of transport supply vehicles must be
sought; consequences of an attack by the enemy on the troop
rear must be dealt with; and uninterrupted contact must be
maintained with the rear service units and sub-units.
Particular attention is paid to timely materiel,
technical, and medical support to the forward large units and
units operating in the main direction.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
137. The main purpose of an offensive action is the complete
destruction of the enemy. This is achieved by the destruction
of the enemy by powerful surprise strikes with atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction, by artillery fire and air
strikes, by decisive attack and a rapid development of the
offensive into the depths of the enemy defenses, by successive
blows against the flank and rear, and by encircling and annihilating
the enemy.
138. The offensive is carried out by day and night without
interruption, at high speed, and in close cooperation with all
troop arms, special troops, aviation, and airborne assault.
The continuous development of an attack at high speed is
achieved by:
--the effective neutralization of enemy defenses throughout
the entire depth assigned in the combat mission, and the destruction
of his reserves or the impeding of their movement;
--the build-up of superiority in forces and materiel in
the most important directions and their skillful commitment
during the battle;
--the skillful use of all means of destruction, particularly
atomic weapons, and the maximum exploitation of the results of their
use;
--a determined offensive by troops using openings and gaps
in enemy battle dispositions in order to inflict strikes against
his flanks and rear, breaking up his forces into isolated groups
and annihilating them individually;
--the maintenance of continuous coordination;
--the rapid crossing of barriers, demolished areas, and
natural obstacles;
--the skillful combination of operations by the troops in
combat and precombat formations, and the wide-scale use of means
of transport on the battlefield;
--the timely commitment to battle of second echelons and
reserves, and their reconstitution during combat;
--the seizure from the march of terrain and objectives
deep in the enemy defense area;
+W SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-63-
SECRET
--relentless pursuit of a retreating enemy;
--the consolidation of key tactical terrain and objectives
when threatened by enemy counterattacks;
--all-around support of the troops and continuous control
over them during combat actions.
139. The constant threat of enemy use of atomic weapons and
other means of mass destruction demands that the troops on the
offensive take measures to prevent any interruption of their
offensive. The main measures employed for this purpose are:
--timely detection and immediate destruction of enemy
means of mass destruction;
--rapid and secret preparation for the offensive;
--measures to break up enemy counter-preparations;
--the use of a variety of methods of changing troops over
to the offensive;
--choice of the right time for the beginning of the offensive;
--dispersed disposition and movement of troops, with the use
of protective characteristics and engineer preparation of the terrain;
--continuous maintenance of troop combat readiness and the
rapid reestablishment of combat effectiveness after a strike by
enemy atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction;
--reliable troop protection from enemy air strikes.
140. The offensive is organized and conducted under conditions
where the enemy is on the defensive, is himself attacking, or is
retreating.
An offensive against a defending enemy normally begins
with a breakthrough of the most vulnerable point of his defense,
and may occur when he has shifted to either a timely or hasty defense.
A breakthrough of the defense consists of making gaps in
the enemy defense lines and developing a determined offensive in
depth, while simultaneously widening the breakthrough toward the
flanks. The breakthrough assures the creation of conditions for
subsequent maneuvering.
141. A breakthrough of a prepared enemy defense, depending on
its structure, on the presence of the means of destruction,
primarily of atomic weapons, the nature of the terrain and other
circumstances, is executed by a division from a departure position
occupied in direct contact with the enemy, or from the march.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SEb, ET
The division may effect a breakthrough in one or two
sectors of its offensive zone, concentrating its main forces on
the most important of them.
Usually the division effects a breakthrough along the
whole of its offensive zone when it has been assigned a sector
of limited width or when its forces and weapons allow it to carry
out this task.
142. A breakthrough of the enemy defense by occupying
departure positions in direct contact with the enemy is normally
effected when favorable conditions for concealed deployment and
disposition of troops in the immediate vicinity of the enemy are
present.
In this case the division may go over to the offensive
both from a defensive position, after the necessary regrouping,
as well as after it has occupied the departure position with a
relief of troops who are'in direct contact with the enemy.
143. A breakthrough of the enemy defense from the march makes
the troops less vulnerable to enemy blows and insures greater
surprise of the offensive, but at the same time requires
particularly careful organization of the forward movement of troops
toward the enemy defensive lines, insuring their timely deployment
for the attack.
The division which is intended to effect a breakthrough
of the enemy defenses from the march is located in its concentration
area before moving forward. The distance between this area and
the enemy first line of defense must be such that theUaits of
the division are hidden from ground observation means and secure
from destruction by enemy long-range artillery and short-range
missiles (rakety blizhnego deystviya).
The troops in these areas must be deployed in formations
chosen for the offensive and facilitating their rapid movement
toward the enemy defense.
144. If the enemy has unprotected flanks and gaps in his
battle line, or if these are made in the course of the offensive,
they are exploited for close envelopment or deep envelopment of
the enemy.
Close envelopment (okhvat) is a maneuver executed to
strike at the flank or the rear of the enemy. A close envelopment
is effected by direct coordination of tactics and firepower with
the troops attacking from the front.
A deep envelopment (obkhod) is a deeper maneuver carried
out to strike at the enemy flank and rear. A deep envelopment is
executed in tactical (operational) coordination with the troops
attacking from the front.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-65-
SECRET
The most decisive results in destroying the enemy are
achieved by close or deep envelopments of both his flanks.
145. The combat mission of the large unit is determined by the
senior commander in accor ance with the degree of enemy suppression
by atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction used in the
offensive zone, enemy strength and the organization of the defense,
the composition of the large unit, the terrain, and other
circumstances.
The division operating in the main direction, during the
breakthrough of a prepared defensive position, receives a combat
mission for destruction of the enemy in a zone of 6-12 kms.
During an offensive action deep in the enemy defense, the width
of the offensive zone may be even greater.
146. The combat mission of a first echelon division is
normally divided by depth into immediate, follow up, and subsequent,
and normally covers military operations for hours of combat.
During an offensive against a prepared enemy position,
with the use of atomic weapons, the immediate task of a first echelon'
division may be a breakthrough of the first defensive zone. The
follow up mission may be the development of an offensive in;:'depth,
aiming at a breakthrough of intermediate positions and the seizure
of the second defense zone from the march. The subsequent mission
may be the seizure of positions (objectives) insuring development
of the offensive in depth or operations toward the flank, in order
to widen the breakthrough.
A second echelon division is assigned a line of commitment
to battle, an immediate mission, and the direction of its
subsequent offensive action. Before entry into battle, the
missions of the division are clarified.
The immediate mission of a second echelon division may
be a breakthrough, from the march, of the enemy second defensive
zone, destruction of his approaching reserves, or the seizure of
an important position deep within his defense.
An army corps is given immediate and follow up missions,
and also a mission for the subsequent 24-48 hours of the offensive.
The immediate mission of an army corps is confined to
the destruction of all units of an enemy first echelon division,
repulsing counterattacks by his main forces, and the development
of an offensive aimed at breaking through his second defensive
zone. The follow up mission is the destruction of the enemy corps
reserves and the seizure of a position permitting the further
development of the offensive.
Under more favorable circumstances, the depth of combat
missions of the large unit may be increased.
40V SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-66-
NW SECRET
If the breakthrough of a prepared defensive position of
the enemy is accomplished without the use of atomic weapons,
or if the large unit is operating in a secondary direction, the
depth of combat missions may be decreased.
When a breakthrough is made in the enemy defense which
has no defined zones and positions, the missions of the offensive
forces are the rout of specific enemy groupings and the seizure
of important positions (areas) of terrain.
147. Motorized-rifle and tank divisions on the offensive
in the main direction, during the breakthrough of a prepared
enemy defensive position, normally deploy in combat formation
of two echelons, the first echelon having two or three regiments
and the second echelon having one or two regiments. In this case,
the motorized-rifle regiment of a tank division is normally used
in the second echelon, but if the division's offensive zone
contains terrain which is unsuitable for tanks, the regiment is
used in the first echelon. As a rule, the heavy tank regiment
is used as a complete unit. Its place in the combat formation is
determined in accordance with the presence and the nature of
operations of enemy tank forces.
If a large unit combat formation of only one.echelon is
used, gradual increase of the strength of the offensive is achieved
by organizing the combat formation of units in greater depth.
2. THE ORGANIZATION OF THE OFFENSIVE
148. The character and sequence of the work of the commander
of a large unit in organizing an offensive is determined, in each
case, in accordance with the mission, the situation, and the amount
of time available.
All measures concerning the organization of an offensive
must be carried out secretly.
149. Secrecy of preparation and surprise in troop operations is
achieved by carrying out measures of camouflage and deception of
the enemy. They are achieved by the; maintaining of normal military
activity by the defending troops, by restricting the use of
radiotechnical equipment, by forbidding conversations over technical
communications means concerning the forthcoming offensive, by
careful concealment of troop deployment, their regrouping and
relief, by secretly preparipg assembly areas and their occupation
by the troops, by moving the troops up to the enemy defensive
positions secretly, and by bringing up everything necessary for
the offensive.
150. To allow the commander of a large unit to make a sound
decision, all types of intelligence, prior to the start of the
operation, must establish:
SECRET SGWW'
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-67-
SECRET
--the dispositions of enemy atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction, and his preparations to use them;
--the grouping, composition, and combat ability of the
enemy troops and the nature of their activities, particularly
of the tank troops;
--the enemy defensive organization, and the system and
nature of its engineering preparation throughout the tactical
depth;
--the strong and weak points in the enemy defenses and
gaps and intervals in his combat formation;
--all fire systems at the enemy main line of resistance
and in the depths of the defense. This applies particularly
to antitank weapons, the firing positions of artillery and
mortars, and to the location and nature of antitank and
antipersonnel obstacles, as well as natural obstacles;
--the system of antiaircraft defense;
--the location of the enemy control points, his radio-
technical equipment, and his night vision equipment.
Immediately before the offensive, intelligence must discover
the intentions of the enemy from changes in his grouping and his
withdrawal of troops from the front line of the defense. For this
purpose, reconnaissance in force may be carried out by sub-units
detailed from the personnel of units (large units) which are
occupying defensive positions in direct contact with the enemy.
Newly arrived large units receive intelligence information
from the large units (units) which are in direct contact with the
enemy, and from the higher staff. In addition, they organize
observation in their designated offensive zone.
Systematic photography is of great importance in revealing
the enemy defensive system.
Before an offensive begins, supplementary photography is
carried out. Information provided by aerial photography is
elaborated on by ground reconnaissance and is the basis for
amplification of the decision and the choice of targets for attack
by atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, as well as
for artillery fire planning. The information elaborated about the
enemy is plotted on large-scale naps and delivered promptly to
commanders, down to company (battery) level inclusively, who are
operating in the main direction.
151. The decision for an offensive is based on the choice of
the direction of the main attack, determination of the most
expedient grouping of forces and equipment to accomplish the
assigned mission, and the nature of their maneuver.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-68-
1M SECRET
The direction of thei_iain strike is determined by the
commander of the large unit or is indicated by the senior commander.
The main strike is carried out in the direction which will
secure the rapid defeat of that enemy grouping, the destruction of
which would seriously lower the stability and aggressiveness of his
defense, and would assist in the successful accomplishment-Of the
assigned mission. If atomic strikes have been carried out on the
orders of the senior commander, the main strike is normally carried
out in the direction of areas against which atomic weapons have
been used.
152. Reconnoitering by the large unit commander is carried
out for the purpose of clarifying:
--the outline of the enemy main line of defense, the
location of his defensive installations and obstacles, the
nature of the terrain in front of the main line of defense,
and in the depth of his defense;
--the targets that are part of the enemy defense, against
which atomic and chemical weapons will be used;
--targets against which particularly strong artillery
and air strikes will have to be made;
--the direction of the main strike and the sector of
concentrating the main efforts of the troops, as well as dividing
lines between units (large units);
--the departure areas for the offensive, as well as concealed
areas for dismounting troops and the routes for their approach to
the departure positions;
--the areas of troop concentration in depth, the routes by
which the troops move from then to the enemy defenses, and also the
lines of deployment during a breakthrough of the enemy defenses from
the march;
--the nature of engineering preparation of the areas where
troops are located prior to the offensive, and measures for engineer
support during the offensive;
--artillery fire position areas;
--sites for control points.
153. When assigning combat missions the large unit commander
reports the latest information about a enemy, the large unit
mission, the plan of his own operations, the missions of adjacent
units, and the targets and order of employment of atomic weapons
and other means of mass destruction by the senior commander. He
then indicates:
SECRET ,..
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-69-
SECRET
--to the regiments (divisions) of the first echelon, the
means of reinforcement, the departure area and the time at which
it will be occupied, on which directions and targets the basic
efforts should be concentrated, and the combat missions. When
there is a breakthrough in the enemy defense from the march,
instead of from the departure area, the time and order of departure
of the troops from their concentration area to the enemy defensive
positions and the sequence of their deployment;
--to the regiments (divisions) of the second echelon,
the assembly area and place of commitment to combat, combat
missions, routes, and order of moving forward;
--to the forward detachment, if one is detached, its
assembly area, the place of commitment to combat, the direction
of its operations, and its combat mission;
--to the artillery, the targets for atomic strikes and
the missions for the artillery,. during periods of combat action;
the duration and organization of artillery preparation, the
sequence of artillery support, the composition of artillery groups,
and the time at which the artillery must be ready to open.fire;
--to the units of antiaircraft defense, the Installations
to be provided antiaircraft artillery protection, the composition
of the antiaircraft artillery group, and the time of readiness;
--to the aviation, detached for the support of the large
unit, elaboration on the targets for strikes and, on occasion,
also missions;
--to the reserves and to the mobile obstacle-placing
detachment, the composition, the assembly, and the direction of
movement;
--measures to secure limiting points and flanks;
--time of readiness for the offensive;
--the places and times of establishing command posts.
The time of the assault of the enemy main line of defense
(H-hour) and the time of atomic strikes are given to subordinate
commanders on a need-to-know basis by the large unit commander
personally or in written form through staff officers. In the latter
case the information is handed only to the person to whom it is
addressed.
154. Coordination is effected with respect to missions, areas
(objectives) an me, for the entire depth of the large unit:''s
combat mission. Besides,detailed coordination in depth is organized
for the immediate and follow up missions. The commander of the large
unit concentrates his main attention on the coordination of combat
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-70-
SECRET
operations of the troops of the first echelon, the forward detach-
ments and airborne landings with strikes by atomic weapons and
other means of mass destruction, with artillery fire, and with air
strikes. He must determine the sequence of troop action both in
attacking the enemy main line of resistance and the most important
objectives in the depths of the enemy defense, in the commitment
of the second echelon into combat, and the further exploitation
of success in depth. He must envisage measures for the eventuality
that the enemy withdraws his troops into the depths of his defenses,
the sequence for repelling enemy counterattacks, and also to establish
common reference points and signals necessary for the achievement
of coordination. During a breakthrough of the enemy defense from
the march, the commander of the large unit, moreover, defines the
order in which the units move out and deploy, and coordinates
their operations with the troops who are in direct contact with
the enemy.
155. The use of atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction is planned in accordance with the instructions of the
senior commander against the most important targets in the enemy
defense, with the object of destroying then and creating conditions
in which the advancing troops can execute a swift forward movement
into the depth of the defense.
Atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction may
be used prior to the start of the artillery and air preparation,
during its execution, or in the course of the offensive, with
the aim of destroying enemy atomic weapons and missile weapons,
destroying and neutralizing his main groupings of artillery,
his most important defensive centers, and also the reserves and
control points of the enemy.
In order to avoid atomic strikes and the use of other
means of mass destruction against positions from which the enemy
has withdrawn or which are only lightly held, the division (corps)
commander organizes constant reconnaissance of the enemy objectives
which are subject to destruction, and immediately reports all
changes to the senior commander.
156. The planning of artillery combat operations is done in
accordance with the missions to be accomplished by atomic weapons
and the sequence of their use, and on the use of other means of
mass destruction and aviation, in accordance with the combat
missions of the forces on the offensive.
The combat operations of the artillery in an offensive
are divided into two periods.
--artillery preparation for the offensive;
--artillery support of the offensive.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-71-
MM SECRET
157. The artillery preparation for the offensive immediately
precedes The attack of the tanks and the infantry.
In organizing artillery preparation, the destruction of
the most important installations of the enemy defense by atomic
strikes is planned first, and then the suppression and destruction
of his other installations by artillery fire, using shells with
conventional charges.
At the same time, the artillery must be ready to
neutralize and destroy enemy targets which may emerge from the
atomic strikes, only slightly neutralized.
Particular attention must be paid to the successful
neutralization of the enemy defenses at the main line of resistance
and in its immediate depth in order to support a swift attack by
the advancing troops. Just before the beginning of the offensive
the fire of tube artillery should attain its maximum concentration.
During the period of artillery preparation, the
artillery neutralizes and destroys tanks, personnel, artillery
(including rocket, missile, and antiaircraft), mortars, and
other fire means of the enemy, destroys the enemy defensive
installations, neutralizes enemy troop control points, reserves,
and his radiotechnical equipment, prevents the enemy from
maneuvering troops and weapons, and destroys airfields, large
depots, railway junctions, and naval bases.
When airborne troops are landed (dropped) in the zone
of the large unit, provisions are made for effectively neutralizing
the enemy along the flight path, in areas adjacent to the
flight path, and in the area of the landings.
When organizing artillery preparation, stereotyped
methods must be avoided, and its pattern, duration, and the time
when fire is initiated must be varied.
Artillery preparation for an offensive normally begins
with a sudden and powerful atomic strike and a fire onslaught
by the artillery acid covers the whole depth of defense of the
enemy first echelon division and against the most important
objectives in'its depth.
It is more advantageous to accomplish destruction of
enemy weapons and his defensive structures at the main line of
resistance by the fire of guns allocated for direct laying. For
this purpose, regimental and battalion artillery are used, as well
as guns and batteries from division artillery, and, if necessary,
guns of larger caliber.
The duration and pattern of artillery preparation is
decided by the nature of the enemy defense, the scope of the missions
to be accomplished by the artillery (primarily with atomic ammunition),
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-72-
SECRET
the availability of artillery and ammunition to the offensive
forces, and, when a breakthrough from..the march is made, by
the time the sub-units of the first echelon need for deployment
and movement up to the enemy main line of defense.
In individual cases, when there is not enough ,tillery
to participate in artillery preparation, tank sub-units drawn
from the second echelon and the reserve may be brought in to
participate in the preparation by firing from concealed firing
positions.
When a breakthrough of the enemy defense is made from
the march, the artillery of troops who are in direct contact with
the enemy, are called upon to participate in the artillery
preparation.
The transition from artillery preparation to artillery
support must take place without any pause and must pass unnoticed
by the enemy.
The beginning of artillery support is determined on the
basis of the set time of attack (H-hour), taking into consideration
the time necessary for laying down fire on the first line of
successive concentrations of fire (rolling barrage), and the
time necessary for tanks and infantry to pass through the danger
zone of bursts of friendly shells.
158. Artillery support of the offensive is carried out without
interruption throughout the entire depth of the large unit:aS
combat mission.
During this period the artillery neutralizes (destroys)
revived and newly discovered artillery, mortar, and antiaircraft
batteries of the enemy, particularly his atomic artillery weapons;
prevents the enemy from making counter-attacks; prevents him from
maneuvering, withdrawing, and consolidating on new lines; supports
the flight and operations of tactical airborne landings; neutralizes
(destroys) centers of resistance holding out in the depth of the
enemy defense, control points, and radiotechnical equipment; and
supports the commitment of the second echelons and forward
detachments into combat and their operations in the depth of the
enemy defense.
At the beginning of artillery support, successive
concentrations of fire may be used, as well as massed and concentrated
fire against centers of resistance and strong points, and on occasion
a rolling barrage, or a combination of these types of fire.
The duration of firing on zones by successive concentrations
of fire or on,lines by a rolling barrage are determined by the
speed of movement of the attacking troops.
In the follow up offensive, tanks and infantry may be
supported by massed and concentrated fire against the most important
targets, and by fire against individual targets.
SECRET
50X1-HUM
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-73-
SECRET
159. Regimental and divisional artillery groups are formed in
the divisions of the first echelon.
Artillery groups are normally formed in the divisions of
the second echelon before their commitment into battle.
In the interests of the greatest possible coordination,
the division commander allocates a part of the artillery of the
divisional artillery group to support regiments.
The artillery groups of regiments of the second echelon
and division artillery of second echelon divisions may be employed
to reinforce the fire of the artillery of the divisions (regiments)
of the first echelon. In this case it is essential to deploy
the artillery of the second echelon in the directions of probable
commitment to battle of the divisions (regiments) of the second
echelon in order to ensure its timely changeover to the support
of its division (regiment).
In order to fulfill the fire missions in support of the
main grouping of troops in the corps (army), corps (army) and
special artillery groups are formed.
160. Antiaircraft defense is carried out throughout the entire
depth of the division corps combat mission.
The units and sub-units of the antiaircraft defense of
the division (corps) accomplish their missions without interruption
and in cooperation with fighter aircraft and adjacent units.
In preparing for an offensive, antiaircraft units and
sub-units protect the troops in their assembly areas in depth,
during movement into departure positions aiid in the departure
positions for the offensive.
In the breakthrough of the enemy prepared defense from
the march, the units and sub-units of antiaircraft defense, in
addition, protect the troops during their move up to the main
line of resistance and during their deployment for the attack.
The protection of divisions operating in the main
direction is normally reinforced by the fire of army (corps)
antiaircraft artillery group and by the fire of antiaircraft
missile units.
In the interests of maintaining secrecy of preparations
for an offensive, the fire of the antiaircraft artillery and the
operation of radar equipment may be limited in accordance with
the instructions of the senior commander. In areas where the fire
of antiaircraft artillery is forbidden.,or restricted, combat against
enemy aviation falls mainly to fighter aircraft. However, antiair-
craft defense troops must be in a state of constant readiness to
repel enemy air strikes.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
SM SECRET
161. The combat operations of aviation, allocated for the
support of the offensive, are planned by the senior commander
and are effected in accordance with the missions to be accomplished
by the offensive troops. The commander of the large unit details
the missions of the aircraft allocated for his support and assigns
them supplementary missions as they arise in the course of
combat.
The most important air mission is the immediate
destruction of atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction
of the enemy as soon as they are discovered.
Air operations in anooffensive are divided into
periods:
--air preparation for the offensive;
--air support for the offensive.
Air preparation for the offensive is carried out, as
a rule, against enemy targets not destroyed by the artillery.
The:?:most important targets attacked by aircraft during air
preparation are usually the following: atomic, weapons and other
means of mass destruction, launching sites (launchers) for
missiles and artillery of the enemy; his closest reserves,
control points, powerful radiotechnical stations, the most
important strong points and centers of resistance in the first
defensive zone, bridges, crossings, and other installations,
which help the enemy carry out his combat maneuvers, ammunition
dumps, fuel depots, and storage areas of other military equipment,
and, when necessary, aircraft on airfields.
As a rule, air preparation is carried out at the same
time as artillery preparation and in combination with-it.
Occasionally, particularly in an offensive from the march, air
preparation may begin somewhat earlier than the artillery
preparation.
Air support for the offensive begins when the troops
have switched to the attack, and Is -carried on throughout the
battle.
Air strikes must be close, in time and location, to
the troop operations, particularly in the most decisive moments
of. combat, when the suppression and destruction of the enemy by
the forces and equipment of the division (corps) does not appear
to be possible.
162. When atomic ammunition is used, a system of carrying
out atomic strikes is chosen which will ensure the greatest
destruction of the forces and equipment of the enemy, and also
creates the most favorable circumstances for the exploitation of
the results of atomic strikes by the troops on the offensive.
SECRE'' p
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-75-
SECRET
During the period of artillery and air preparation, atomic
strikes against the first position of the enemy are normally made
with small caliber atomic ammunition. Protection of the troops,
in such circumstances, is achieved by reliable preparation of their
positions and bye:choosing a ground zero for the atomic bursts no
closer than the minimum safe distance.
Atomic strikes with warheads of larger yields may be
carried out against targets situated in the depth of the enemy
defenses.
When choosing the type of atomic burst, it is necessary
to take into account not only its reliability in neutralizing the
enemy defenses, but also the radioactive contamination of the
terrain in the area of forthcoming operations of the advancing
troops.
For targets situated in the first position, and also
in areas where airborne landings are to take place, high air
bursts are normally used.
For targets in the depth of the enemy defense and for
centers of resistance in the first position, which have sturdy
defensive structures, low air bursts may be used.
For the second defensive zone, when the wind direction
is favorable, surface bursts may be used.
163. In the interests of the rapid exploitation by the attack-
ing troops of the results of atomic weapons in the depth of the
enemy defensive position, and in order to support a rapid advance
by seizing and holding key terrain (objectives) before the
arrival of the main forces, first echelon divisions may organize
forward detachments before the beginning of the offensive or while
is in progress.
The place of the forward detachments in the combat
formation of the division and the time of their forward
movement are determined in accordance with the missions and the
situation.
A forward detachment consists of a reinforced tank or
motorized-rifle battalion (regiment) from the first or second
echelon of the division.
The operations of the forward detachment are supported
by artillery fire from the division's main forces and by air strikes.
164. To assist the attackingotroops in the breakthrough of the
enemy defense, and to assure a high speed of attack, tactical
airborne landing forces may be used with the following missions:
OM SECRET !'
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-76-
SECRET
preventing the enemy from closing gaps which have been formed as
a result of atomic strikes; seizing and holding important
objectives and areas in the depth of the enemy defense and to
disrupt troop control and the'work of his rear services.
In some cases, tactical airborne landing forces
are used for the seizure and destruction of enemy weapons of
mass destruction and his means of using them.
Tactical airborne landing forces are best landed
(dropped) in the direction where tank large units and forward
detachments are operating.
The make up of the airborne landing forces usually
includes reinforced motorized-rifle sub-units (units) from the
second echelons of the large units and, in some cases,sub-units (units)
of airborne troops. Besides, in the enemy forward defensive
positions, the airborne landing force lands, as a rule, in the
form of a reinforced motorized-rifle battalion.
165. Tactical airborne landings are normally undertaken at
the decision of the senior commander, who allocates the necessary
number of helicopters (airplanes) and organizes the flight and
the landing. The direct preparation of the landing, for the
departure, and the accomplishment of its assigned mission, is
carried out by the commander of the large unit from which the
landing force is detached.
Sometimes the organization and execution of the landing
(drop) may be assigned to the commander of the large unit in
whose zone and in whose interest the landing is to be made.
In these cases, the commander of the large unit must determine:
the composition, location, and time of landing (drop); the
combat mission; the departure area for the landing; the time
and order of concentration and the readiness of the assault
troops and helicopters (aircraft) for the disip; security measures
for the flight, the landing (drop), and support of the combat
activities of the landing; the method of cooperation between
the advancing troops and aviation; the method of materiel support,
and the organization of control and communications.
44 .
The time of the landing (drop) depends on the reliability
of neutralization and destruction of the enemy in the flight zone
and in the area of the landing itself, the capability of the
landing force to carry on combat operations i,;dependently until it
is reunited with the troops advancing from the front, and also
the weather conditions. It is advantageous to execute landings
(drops), in an area where atomic weapons have been used, as soon
as possible after the atomic strike.
The departure area for an airborne landing force is
selected in places hidden from enemy observation, and at a
distance which permits covering the distance to the area of the
landing in the shortest possible time.
fM'SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-77-
SECRET
The flight route to the area of the landing must be
chosen with consideration of the terrain, the nature of the enemy
defense, and the expected degree of neutralization of the enemy
defense.
166. When organizing the offensive, the commander of the
large unit determines the engineer support measures to be
undertaken. These must create favorable conditions for the
secret and timely concentration of the troops and their
dependable screening from all means of destruction, for a swift
switch to the attack, and for the development of the offensive
at high speeds.
The basic tasks of engineer support, which is carried
out by all troops, are:
--engineer reconnaissance of the enemy defense system,
the nature of his defensive structures and obstacles, and also
the terrain in the offensive zone;
--the preparation of concealed routes for the movement
of troops to the enemy defense and the organization ofmaneuver
routes during the offensive;
--the engineer preparation of areas occupied by the
troops before the offensive and the implementation of engineering
camouflage measures;
--the making of passages through enemy engineer obstacles
and also through areas which have been contaminated by
radioactive substances, clearing up ruins, cave-ins and log
obstacles, putting out fires, and eliminating other obstacles
hindering the movement and maneuver of the offensive troops;
--the construction of engineer obstacles during the
offensive, when repelling the counterattacks of enemy tanks,
the cover of flanks and gaps, and during the consolidation of
lines;
--preparation for the use of crossing equipment and
equipping and maintaining of crossing sites for the rapid forcing
of water obstacles by troops;
--reconnaissance to find water sources, securing and
purifying water, and building water supply points;
--constructing installations for use as control points.
167. Passages through friendly obstacles covering the main
line of defense are made ahead of time.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-78-
IMM SECRET
Passages through enemy obstacles in front of his vain
line of defense are usually made by the use of explosives during
the artillery preparation. With the beginning of the attack,
passages through minefields are, in addition, made by tanks
equipped withaaine-clearing devices.
Ensuring the movement of troops through passages is
the responsibility of engineer troop sub-units.
168. Smoke, during the preparation of an offensive and
during the attack, is used at the order of the large unit
commander, in a centralized manner on a broad front.
During a battle in the depth of the enemy defense,
regiments and battalions make use of smoke independently in
accordance with the situation.
Smoke agents are used to screen with smoke enemy
observation and strong points, to blind his means of fire and
conceal the flanks of attacking troops, or target indication
and the designators of lines reached in the course of the
offensive; to conceal the regrouping of the troops on the
offensive, the commitment of second echelons to combat; to
cover crossings during the forcing of water obstacles; and also
to blind the enemy during overflight by tactical airborne
landing forces. In addition, during night operations, smoke
agents are used to blind enemy night vision equipment and his
searchlights.
Flame-throwing and incendiary equipment is used to
destroy enemy personnel and military equipment during the seizure
of strong points, during an assault on permanent fortifications,
when repelling counterattacks, when consolidating captured lines
and assembly areas, and also when protecting flanks and gaps of
the troops on the offensive.
169. For the occupation by the troops of departure positions
in direct contact with the enemy, a departure area is prepared.
A departure area for the offensive should, from the
engineering standpoint, assure concealed isposition and reliable
protection of personnel, combat equipment, and transport
facilities from atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction,
from artillery fire and from enemy air strikes. It should also
provide stability of the troops in case the enemy goes over to the
offensive. Infantry departure positions are usually organized in
the divisional departure area, as are waiting areas and lines of
deployment for attack or departure positions for tanks, firing
positions for artillery, positions for sub-units and units of
antiaircraft defense, and sites for control points. In addition,
routes are prepared for the secret and rapid forward movement of
the combat formations of the troops on the offensive.
'M S E C R E TIiwlc
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-79-
SECRET
Departure positions of the infantry are equipped with
trenches, communication trenches, covered positions and positions
for infantry means of fire.
Waiting areas for tanks are prepared at a distance which
allows then timely departure to the main line of resistance.
Departure positions for tanks nay be prepared when,..
conditions are present which provide complete security from'eneny
observation and sound detection. They are organized as near as
possible to the enemy main line of defense, taking into considera-
tion the ease of movement of tanks into the attack.
Waiting areas and departure positions are equipped with
shelters (trenches) for the tanks and their crews.
170. When choosing and preparing a concentration area for
a division designated for the breakthrough of the enemy defense
from the march, special attention is devoted to the division's
concealed and dispersed disposition and to providing it with the
necessary routes for moving up toward the enemy defense. For
this purpose covered protection is provided for the personnel,
control points, combat equipment, transport, and the reserves
of material supplies. In addition, the protective and camouflage
features of the terrain, and previously prepared defensive zones
and disposition areas are used. For the movement of troops up
toward the enemy defenses, roads (cross-country routes) and lines
of deployment are prepared.
For the artillery participating in the artillery
preparation, firing positions are set up in the disposition
areas of the troops which are in direct contact with the enemy.
171. The preparation of departure areas in direct contact with
the enemy is carried out, as a rule, by defending troops under
the guise of strengthening their defense, primarily at night.
If necessary, some of the troops designated for the offensive in
a given direction may be used for the preparation of departure
areas.
The preparation of troop disposition areas in depth is
usually carried out by the troops occupying those areas.
172. The occupation of a departure area in direct contact
with the enemy is carried out secretly in accordance with a
carefully prepared plan over the period of several nights.
The newly arrived large units (units) occupy the
departure position simultaneously with the relief of the units
which operated there before,
IM SECRET 410110
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-80-
PrDI T
The moving up and deployment of the artillery, which is
intended to destroy the enemy means of atomic attack and to combat
his artillery and radar stations, as well as some antitank weapons
and antiaircraft artillery, is given first priority. Then the
remaining artillery, which is participating in the artillery
preparation, is deployed. At the same time, communications,
observation points, and posts, and control points are established.
The movement of the remaining part of the antiaircraft
artillery is carried out so that its main forces are in a
position to provide reliable cover for the main grouping of the
division (corps) as it moves up and assumes its departure position.
The infantry of units of the first echelon of the division,
together with,~its means of fire, are usually moved into the
departure position 24 hours before the attack or the night before
the offensive. The second echelon of the division normally moves
up during the night before the offensive and is located at a
distance from the main line of defense which ensures its timely
commitment to combat. The movement is carried out by sub-units
along roads and prepared cross-country routes. When the line
which is under enemy observation from ground observation posts
is approached, the infantry dismounts in covered areas, and by
concealed routes, communication trenches, and trenches occupies
its departure positions.
Tank units on the offensive in the first echelon and
infantry close-support tanks may occupy their waiting areas
over a period of several nights or the night before the offensive.
The tanks move up from their waiting areas to the line of deployment
for the offensive, and the infantry close-support tanks sometimes
move up to the offensive positions.
The infantry-close-support tanks normally occupy their
departure positions the night before the offensive, and may move
straight up to them, bypassing the waiting areas.
The troops in the departure area must be in a state of
readiness to repel possible ground or air attacks by the enemy,
and also to switch to an offensive action, on the instructions
of the senior commander, if it is discovered that the enemy has
withdrawn his units into the depth.
173. In a breakthrough of the enemy's prepared defense from
the march, in order to ensure an organize move up to the na n
line of resistance and simultaneous initiation of the attack,
the large units and units are assigned routes of movement, a line
of departure, a phase line (rubezh regulirovaniya), a line for
deployment from columns, and also the line for deployment for the
attack.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-81.-
SECRET
In order to protect friendly troops from destruction
by atomic strikes launched against enemy strong points in the
first position, the troops are given a line which they must not
cross before the atomic strikes are made.
The organization and sequence of troop movement is
determined in accordance with the strategic concentration
undertaken for the offensive, the distance from the concentration
area to the enemy main line of defense, the nature of the
terrain, and the presence of roads.
When in direct contact with the enemy, the following
are deployed ahead of time: the reconnaissance elements,
observation points and posts, antiaircraft sub-units and
units intended to cover the troops which are moving up from
air strikes, and the artillery which is taking part in the
artillery preparation.
Units of the first echelon move out of the areas they
occupy in regimental or battalion columns. As they approach
the lines of deployment, they assume their approach march formation
one after the other. As they reach their lines of deployment for
the offensive, the tanks and infantry of the first echelon quickly
deploy in combat formation and attack the enemy from the march.
The infantry dismount for this.
If necessary, the sub-units of the first echelon may
be given time for orientation and for checking their combat
missions on arrival at the line of deployment for the attack.
Rear service units and sub-units follow in independent
columns or as part of the march columns of the large units (units).
174. The control of the troops during the preparation for
an offensive is effected,as a rule, by personal contact of the
commanders, through staff officers, by mobile means, and by the
transmission of orders by means of wire communications.
When the troops have taken up their departure positions
for the offensive, in direct contact with the enemy, a command
post is organized, normally in the area of disposition of the
second echelon and the reserves of the division (corps), and
the forward command post is organized among the dispositions of
regiments of the first echelon or beyond them.
When preparing a breakthrough from the march, a command
post and a rear services control point are organized in the troop
concentration area. A forward command post is set up ahead of
time within the limits of the first zone of the defending troops
in the direction of action of the main forces of the division
(corps). As soon as the division (corps) begins to move out,
control of the troops is effected from the forward command post.
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-82-
SECRET
175. Commanders of large units take measures against possible
counter-preparations of the enemy when the troops have occupied
a departure position in direct contact with the enemy and when
the troops are moving up to break through the enemy defense from
the march.
To foil enemy counter-preparations, artillery and air
preparation may be started earlier than the time arranged, with
the subsequent transition of the troops into the offensive,
at the order of the senior commander.
Aircraft may also be used against enemy artillery,
missile installations, and aircraft taking part in the counter-
preparation, and in repelling any offensive action that he may
make.
In the event that the enemy carries out counter-
preparation, particularly with the use of atomic and chemical
weapons, the commander of the large unit takes measures to eliminate
its consequences, paying particular attention to the rapid re-
establishment of the readiness of the friendly first echelon to
go on the offensive.
In order to replace troops of the first echelon, who
have suffered severe losses from enemy atomic strikes, a part,
or all, of the second echelon may be used.
Attempts by the enemy to conduct a reconnaissance in
force to ascertain the disposition of units of the division
which have occupied a departure position are repelled by the fire
of specially detached means of fire from the sub-units of the
first echelon and the artillery.
176. The beginning of the assault by tanks and infantry is
preceded by artillery and air preparation, with or without the
use of atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction.
At the designated time the large unit comander, with
the permission of the senior commander, gives the order (signal)
for beginning the artillery preparation.
Large unit commanders, from their forward command posts,
observe the results of the atomic explosions and the progress of
the artillery and air preparation, and direct the movements of the
troops to the main line of resistance. They report to their
immediate superiors the results of the use of atomic weapons and
the accomplishment of the missions of the artillery and aviation.
At the same time, ground zeroes (centers) and heights of atomic
bursts are determined by intersection. When a burst is displaced
or deviates in height, the targets not affected by atomic weapons
are neutralized by artillery fire and air strikes during the
~r
S E C R E T MNOW
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-83-
SECRET
artillery and air preparation, or during the period of artillery
support. If necessary the atomic strikes may be repeated.
If an atomic burst has occurred too low, additional
protective measures must be taken against a possible increase
in radioactive contamination.
During an atomic attack against the enemy, the troops
who are in direct contact with the enemy must be under protective
cover, and the troops moving out of their disposition areas,
for a breakthrough from the march, must be at a safe distance.
177. The enemy main line of defense is attacked by tanks
and infantry at the appointed time (H-hour). The order (signal)
to start the movement of tanks and infantry to the attack is
given by the division commander, taking into consideration the
time designated for the attack and the distance of the tanks
and the infantry from the enemy front line of defense.
The tanks and infantry, under the cover of artillery
fire, air strikes, and their own fire, swiftly rush into the
enemy front line of defense at the designated time (H-hour) and,
following the exploding shells of friendly artillery, destroy
enemy personnel, his means of fire and his combat equipment,
and move ahead rapidly. Surviving groups of the enemy and their
means of fire are destroyed by specially allocated sub-units
from the second echelons and the reserves. In the course of the
offensive, infantry-close-support tanks may move away from the
infantry, without losing communications or fire coordination
with $t .
178. From the beginning of the offensive the artillery lays
down uninterrupted and powerful fire against enemy targets which
hinder the forward movement of the troops on the offensive or
the overflight and operations of tactical airborne landings.
The artillery fire is closely coordinated with the maneuvers and
strikes of the troops on the offensive until they have accomplished
their assigned mission.
Upon discovery of the enemy means of atomic or chemical
attack, the main efforts of the artillery are concentrated on
their immediate destruction.
The displacement of artillery groups is carried out in
such a way that the greater part of the artillery can continuously
support the tanks and the infantry with its fire.
179. Antiaircraft defense troops, in cooperation with fighter
aircraft, concentrate their main efforts, during the offensive,
on providing uninterrupted cover for the main grouping of the
troops, particularly for units having the most success and also
for the cover of the second echelons during their moving up and
commitment to battle, for forward detachments, and troops repelling
counterattacks and forcing water obstacles.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-84-
SECRET
The displacement of antiaircraft artillery is carried
out in such a way that its greatest part is always ready to
engage enemy aviation.
180. Aviation carries out the following main tasks from the
beginning of the offensive.
Bomber aviation inflicts strikes on enemy airfields,
missile installations, pilotless weapons, the most important
strong points and centers of resistance, artillery firing
positions, reserves in the depth of the enemy defense, transport
routes, headquarters, and rear area installations of the enemy.
Fighter-bomber aviation supports the tanks and infantry,
operating against individual centers of resistance and strong
points of the enemy which hinder the forward movement of the
troops on the offensive, neutralizes and destroys artillery
and tanks, carries out strikes at missile installations, radar
stations, jamming stations and the approaching enemy reserves.
Fighter aviation, in cooperation with antiaircraft
troops, covers the attacking troops, engages enemy aircraft and
pilotless weapons, prevents the enemy from carrying out aerial
reconnaissance, and supports the combat operations of bomber
and fighter-bomber aviation.
Air strikes are shifted according to time-or on the
orders of the division (corps) commander as friendly troops move
forward.
Reconnaissance aviation, and also aircraft of bomber,
fighter-bomber, and fighter aviation carry out uninterrupted
observation of the battlefield and reconnaissance of the enemy
in the depth of his defense. All information gained from
observation is immediately transmitted by radio in the clear
and is received by the control points of the large units.
Information obtained from reconnaissance about the situation in
the depth of the enemy defense is normally transmitted through
the appropriate headquarters.
181. In order to ensure the swift crossing of areas
subjected to atomic strikes, and those areas where the enemy
does not put up any organized resistance, sub-units assume an
approach march formation. In such cases, the infantry moves
behind the tanks in armored personnel carriers (vehicles) or
rides on tanks, dismounting when necessary to overcome organized
enemy resistance.
The forward detachment which has been sent out for
the timely exploitation of the results of atomic strikes or the
capture of an important line (objective) does not allow itself
to become drawn into combat for individual strong points or
with the enemy reserves as they move up; it presses on into the
depth of the enemy position to accomplish its assigned mission.
4W SECRET ANNOW
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_85-
SECRET
182. In those instances when the enemy deliberately checks
the attacking troops frontally with small forces and uses his
main forces to launch a counterattack from previously prepared
lines in the depth of the defense, the large unit commander
directs the;imain efforts of the troops to the rapid destruction
of the enemy main grouping.
Having swiftly overcome the resistance of the enemy
covering troops, the division pins down the enemy main grouping
frontally with part of its forces, and then strikes at the
flank and rear with the main forces.
The enemy main grouping, while still in its disposition
area, and especially when moving up to the counterattack, is
attacked by atomic weapons, artillery fire, and air strikes. In
order to forestall the enemy in seizing his previously prepared
lines of deployment, forward detachments may be sent out.
183. During the offensive the division (corps) commander
of the first echelon defines the missions to his troops in
detail, and concentrates the main efforts in the directions
where success has been achieved. He neutralizes strong points
holding up the advance of the troops and the moving up of
reserves with artillery fire and air strikes, not allowing the
enemy to take defensive positions on new lines or to launch
counterattacks.
The main forces of the division, particularly tank
units and sub-units, boldly exploiting intervals and gaps in
the enemy combat formations, develop the offensive with
determination in order to break through the entire depth of the
first zone of the enemy defense and to seize the second zone from
the march.
The development of success is achieved through broad
troop maneuver by close envelopment of enemy centers of
resistance, inflicting coordinated strikes frontally and from
the flanks, by envelopment of his centers of defense'for a deep
and rapid penetration in depth by the troops on the offensive,
shifting efforts from one direction to another, or striking the
enemy from the rear. During the course of the offensive all
commanders must display a high degree of initiative and decisiveness
in order to exploit all favorable situations for the destruction of
the enemy and for the swift movement of troops into the depth.
The troops who are executing the maneuver must be reliably protected
from possible ground and air strikes by the enemy, and execute the
maneuver itself promptly, rapidly, and secretly, without allowing
congestion of combat formations.
184. During the offensive, intelligence must establish the
lines or strong points where the enemy may put up resistance;
the grouping of his forces preparing for a counterattack; the
presence and strength of the enemy on the flanks; the deployment
sites of new means for using weapons of mass destruction and the
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-86-
SECRET
movement of such weapons which have already been discovered;
establish passability of the terrain and provide other information
which is necessary to the commander for the successful development
of the offensive.
185. During the development of an offensive in the depth of
the enemy defense, particularly when the division is operating
independently from other forces, and also during operations in
separate directions, and when there are considerable gaps in the
combat formation, the security of the flanks attains great
importance. For this purpose reconnaissance on the flanks is
increased and artillery fire is prepared. In sectors where there
is a danger of tank attack, the antitank reserve and a mobile
obstacle-placing detachment are moved up to secure the flanks of
the troops on the offensive and to consolidate flank positions
which have been captured.
186. In the interests of the anti-atomic defense of the
troops during an offensive, in addition to the usual measures,
it is essential not to allow a gap to develop between friendly
troops and the enemy. The troops must break into his dispositions,
take measures for rapid dispersal after overcoming enemy resistance,
and also to bypass or cross sectors which have been contaminated
by radioactive substances along directions having the lowest level
of radiation.
In the event the enemy carries out atomic strikes during
the offensive, the large unit commander adopts measures to see
that the offensive continues. For this purpose he must: reestablish
disrupted control and communications; specify the troops' position
and condition, their combat missions, and sequence of coordination;
where necessary, commit the second echelon into combat; take
measures for rapid delineation of the boundaries of contaminated
areas and safe directions for troop operations; move up the
antitank reserve and the mobile obstacle-placing detachment to
threatened sectors; organize rescue operations, clear obstructions,
restore roads and crossings, and, if necessary, extinguish fires.
187. In the event of the threat of counterattack by strong
enemy forces, lines and objectives of tactical importance which
have been captured are consolidated by troops designated for
that purpose.
When theqxwmy reserves are discovered on the move, their
deployment must be delayed by artillery fire and air strikes, in
order to inflict losses on them, and then they must be destroyed
by a blow on the flank and the rear. When atomic strikes are
used against an enemy grouping moving up, the troops on the
offensive, exploiting their results, immediately attack the enemy
and continue to develop the offensive in depth.
In the event of a breakthrough into the gaps of the troops
on the offensive by a counterattacking enemy, the penetration is
eliminated by the forces and weapons of the units and large units
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_87-
SECRET
in whose lines the breach has been made, and also by the weapons
of the senior commander.
In the interests of successfully accomplishing the
assigned mission and, at the same time, repelling enemy counter-
attacks, the large unit commander regroups part of his combat
forces on the threatened flank.
188. The second echelon of the division is normally committed
to combat in order to increase the intensity of the attack and
for the continued development of success which has been achieved
by the first echelon. The second echelon is committed to combat,
depending on the situation, to complete a breakthrough of the
enemy main line of defense, to seize his second line of defense
from the march, or to smash a counterattacking enemy.
The movement of the second echelon of the division
from the area it occupies begins at the order (signal) of the
division commander in such a way that it reaches the line of
commitment to combat simultaneously with units of the first
echelon.
The second echelon of the division is brought into
the battle on the decision of the division commander, unless
special instructions have been given on this point by the senior
commander.
Commitment of the second echelon of the division to
combat takes place through gaps in the line of the first echelon
or from behind its flanks. Its commitment to combat through the
first echelon by leapfrogging takes place in exceptional cases.
Before commitment of the second echelon to combat,
the artillery and aviation inflict strikes against the enemy
defense. Atomic strikes maybe carried out against the most
important targets.
The large unit commander insures timely transfer of
the artillery fire to the support of the second echelon.
189. The second line of the enemy defense is normally penetrated
from the march. All measures to effect this breakthrough are
normally prepared during the organization of the offensive. In
developing the offensive after the breakthrough of the main line
of defense, the division (corps) commander directs the efforts of
the attacking units (large units), particularly tank units, to
the most rapid approach to the second line of defense and its
capture from the march. The commander specifies, when necessary,
the time and place for carrying out atomic and other strikes,
depending on the forward movement of the troops.
SECRET ""b~b'-
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_88m
SECRET
190. Atomic strikes against newly discovered targets or targets
which have not been sufficiently neutralized in the second line of
defense are carried out, when the units (sub-units) of the troops
on the offensive approach them, at a distance which will ensure
their safety from atomic explosions and will allow rapid exploitation
of their results. Atomic strikes against enemy reserves moving up
are normally carried out during their deployment.
Aviation neutralizes (destroys) enemy reserves,
particularly his tanks, prevents their approach and deployment,
neutralizes the artillery, and supports tactical airborne
forces fighting behind enemy lines.
The artillery supports the combat actions of tactical
airborne forces and forward detachments, and supports the approach,
deployment, and attack of the units of the first echalo;,by its fire.
191. The units of the first echelon of the large unit, exploit-
ing the results of atomic and air strikes and artillery fire and
successes achieved by airborne assaults and by forward detachments,
determinedly break through the main line of the es9MY second
defensive zone, develop their success in depth and to the flanks,
trying to seize the whole zone as quickly as possible.
The commander of the large unit takes the necessary
measures to ensure the most rapid approach of the second echelon
in order to intensify the strength of the blow during the battle
for the second defensive zone, or for the seizure of important
lines and objectives behind that zone.
192. If the enemy second defensive zone is not captured from
the march, its breakthrough is achieved after a hasty preparation
for the attack.
An attack by the troops is normally preceded by artillery
and air preparation either with or without the use of atomic and
chemical weapons.
An attack and offensive in depth is normally supported
by successive concentration of fire, by concentrated and massed
artillery fire and by air strikes.
193. The commitment of a second echelon division is normally
effected from the march.
The order (signal) for the division to move is given by the
senior commander so that its first echelon arrives at the line of
commitment to combat at the same time as the first echelons of the
divisions attacking in front come out on it.
For the movement of the division up to the line of
commitment to combat, not less than two routes are placed at its
disposal. As soon as the division begins to move, these routes
SECRET'
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-89-
S SECRET
must be kept clear of troops of the first echelon. The routes
allocated to the division are equipped by the forces and means
of the senior commander.
The movement of the division to the line of commitment
to combat is normally executed in march formation. The tank
regiment of a motorized rifle division moves as a part of the
first echelon of the division. The reconnaissance sub-units
and the march support detachments of the division follow the
combat formations of the first echelon regiments advancing in
front of the divisions. During the approach to the line of
commitment to combat, the units of the first echelon of the
division adopt an approach march formation. At the line of
commitment to combat, the division either adopts a combat
formation or continues its movement in approach march formation,
according to the situation.
In order to support the commitment of the division to
combat, the senior commander gives orders for the employment of
the necessary quantities of artillery and aircraft. Atomic
weapons and other means of mass destruction may be used against
the most important targets of the enemy defense and against his
reserves.
The division artillery occupies firing positions primarily
along the roads (routes of movement forward) before the units of
the first echelon of the division have reached their line of
commitment to combat.
194. The commander of a first echelon division, upon
commitment of a second echelon division to combat in his zone
of attack, specifies on the basis of directives of the army
commander (corps commander) the following:
--when and which routes must be freed fc: the movement
of a division (units) of the second echelon;
--the order in which a division..(units) of the second
echelon pass through the combat formations of friendly troops;
--the missions of the artillery in. support of the
commitment of a division (units) of the second echelon to combat;
--the missions of the antiaircraft defense troops called
upon to cover the second echelon division;
--the sequence of cooperation between his own troops and
the second echelon division (units) being committed to combat.
195. During the approach of a second echelon division to
its line of commitment to combat, the commander of this division
gives the unit commanders the latest information about the enemy
IN& SECRETS'
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_90-
SECRET
and the situation of the troops operating in front of them. He
specifies the missions of the first echelon units, the order of
their deployment and the coordination between them and the
artillery, aviation, and adjacent units.
The forward command post of the division is set up near
the line of commitment to combat.
196. After the enemy second defensive zone has been captured,
the efforts of the attacking troops, particularly the tank
divisions, are directed toward the determined development of
success in depth or toward the flank. In this the division
(corps) may attack the enemy, who has assumed the defensive
hastily or ahead of time, conduct a meeting engagement with the
enemy reserves as they move up, pursue and destroy his retreating
troops or, $tMard the f lank, participate in the
encirclement and destruction of the surrounded enemy. An
important mission of the troops at this time is the seizure of
airfields, missile launching pads (installations), and of the
firing positions of atomic artillery and other enemy means of
mass destruction.
197. During the development of a successful offensive in
depth, the enemy will attempt to delay the forward movement of
our troops by hurriedly occupying advantageous defensive lines.
A hasty occupation of the defense at the beginning
of its organization is characterized by: incomplete preparation,
and as a result of this, reduced stability, an insufficiently
developed and organized system of fire, weak engineering preparation
of positions, hurriedly organized coordination, unstable control,
and insufficient knowledge of the terrain.
198. A breakthrough of a hastily occupied enemy defense
normally Is -executed from the march. is characterized by
rapid deployment and attack by units of the first echelon
independently in their approach to the line of defense.
The decision to break through the enemy's hastily
occupied defense from the march is made by the division commander
during the approach, is based on intelligence information, and is
normally made on a mop. At the same time, troops are grouped,
the units receive their missions, and coordination is organized.
Information about the enemy, the missions of the troops, and
coordination questions are further refined as new information on
the situation is received.
The combat missions for the units are determined in
accordance with the nature of the enemy defense and its degree of
readiness. Depending on the situation, the division may carry out
its breakthrough of the enemy defense in separate directions.
SFC PFT
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
199. Reconnaissance of defensive positions is carried out
while the troops are ap oaching them. For this purpose reconnaissance
is organized and sent out by all arms of troops and special troops
beforehand.
In order to prevent the enemy from consolidating a
defensive position, air and artillery strikes are carried out
against the troops occupying these positions or moving up
toward them. Atomic and chemical weapons may be used against
the most important targets of the defense and against large
reserve forces moving up. Atomic strikes against strong points
on the enemy main line of defense should be launched while
friendly troops are apprthing positions which will iftsure their
safety from the bursts, and which will permit the rapid exploita-
tion of the results of these strikes.
In order to forestall the enemy in the seizure of
important targets in the defensive positions, the division
commander sends out a forward detachment (detachments) and
also may land (drop) airborne landing forces.
200. The approach of the main forces of the division to the
enemy defensive position is normally carried out in approach
march formation, under the cover of the forward detachments
and advance guards.
The forward detachments and advance guards, operating
boldly and actively on a broad front, detect weakly held and
unoccupied sectors of the enemy defense and exploit every
possibility for a rapid breakthrough of his defense.
As units of the first echelon approach the enemy
position, they are deployed in combat formation and, without
waiting, exploit the success of the forward detachments and
advance guards, under the cover of artillery fire and air strikes.
Having broken into the enemy defense, the units of the first
echelon of the division boldly exploit gaps and intervals in the
enemy combat formations and advance decisively, particularly in
directions where atomic strikes have been executed, attempting
to link up with airborne landing groups as soon as possible, and
to break through the enemy defensive line.
The second echelon moves behind the first echelon, ready
to exploit its successes, to widen the breakthrough toward the
flanks, and to destroy pockets of enemy troops.
201. The attack by units of the first echelon is preceded
by a powerful artillery and air onslaught. Artillery support is
effected by massed and concentrated fire. Part of the artillery
and aviation is used to prevent the approach of the enemy reserves.
MW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
?-92-
SECRET
202, In cases when it has not been possible to break through
a hurriedly occupied enemy position from the march, a breakthrough
is effected by means of a rapidly prepared attack. Such a
breakthrough is made by a simultaneous blow by the bulk of the
forces of the large unit.
For effective preparation of as attack when time is
limited, the troops which are:'in direct contact with the enemy
consolidate their lines on favorable terrain, carry out
measures of anti-atomic protection and, if necessary, re-form
under cover of fire from all types of weapons, using concealed
sectors of the terrain for their movements. The division
commander specifies the combat missions to his subordinates
and organizes coordination, and also sees that all measures are
carried out to prepare for a breakthrough in the shortest
possible time, particularly as regards further reconnaissance
of the enemy defense and the preparation of artillery fire.
If necessary for breaking through the enemy defense,
the commitment of the second echelon to combat is organized.
The attack by the troops is carried out after artillery
and air preparation, with or without the use of atomic and
chemical weapons. Artillery support consists of successive
concentrations of fire or massed and concentrated fire. The
fire of tube artillery using atomic ammunition, of heavy rocket
and long-range artillery is normally used for the destruction or
neutralization of the enemy reserves.
A successful breakthrough, even on a narrow front, is
exploited for the development of an attack in depth and toward
the flanks.
203. A determined and deep breakthrough of the enemy defense
by the advancing troops may create favorable conditions for an
encirclement of the enemy, which is normally carried out by the
division in cooperation with other large units and with airborne
landings.
Success in a battle for the encirclement and destruction
of the surrounded enemy is achieved by swift and coordinated
actions of the attacking troops. These operations are intended
to break up the enemy troops and destroy then by units during
the course of the encirclement, in order to prevent his troops
from going over to the defensive and offering organized resistance.
In an encirclement battle, it is essential to send out
covering forces and to make wide use of engineering obstacles
on all sectors from which the enemy might appear or counterattack,
and it is also necessary to take measures to obstruct the enemy
from the air. Helicopters may be used to land screening forces
and to lay minefields in threatened directions.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-93-
' ' SECRET
204. Having received the mission of surrounding the enemy,
a division commander must,
--organize, in the large unit's direction of operations,
a deep reconnaissance of the enemy to be surrounded and of his
approaching reserves;
--by aggressive and determined actions, capture important
objectives on the enemy line of withdrawal and also forestall
him in the seizure of advantageous areas for the deployment of
his own troops;
--effectively protect the endangered flank and, if
necessary, the rear of the division;
--coordinate the operations of his own troops with
those of other large units and with airborne landings in order
to carry out joint annihilation of the enemy.
205. The destruction of an encircled enemy must be completed
as rapidly as possible. For this purpose the encircled enemy
is attacked by artillery fire, by air strikes, and sometimes by
atomic weapons. The areas (lines) where atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction will be used have to be known to the
attacking troops.
Troops exploiting the results of atomic strikes, air
strikes, and artillery fire must quickly break up the enemy
formations and destroy them piecemeal. During this process, the
area of encirclement must not be permitted to become congested
by friendly troops.
During a battle for the destruction of an encircled enemy,
the coordination among all large units (units) and adjacent units,
aviation, and airborne landings must be organized very carefully.
Particular attention must be paid to coordinating with
troop operations the time and place for carrying out atomic strikes,
the employment of chemical weapons, and the establishing of
signals prohibiting the use of these weapons.
Troops advancing to link up must know both the direction
of operations, the missions, the lines where the link-up will
take place, the direction and range limits of artillery fire, the
prearranged signals and passwords when the link-up takes place,
and the signals for the cessation of fire. They must carefully
delineate the front line for their? aviation.
206. Attempts by the enemy to break out of the encirclement
must be countered by massed artillery fire, by air strikes, and
by the use of atomic weapons against the enemy groupings
preparing to break out. They must be countered by the construction
of obstacles and by moving friendly reserves to the sector of
breakout in order to block the path of enemy troops attempting to
break out or to destroy them by striking at his flank and rear.
SECRET
I
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-91.-
SECRET
4. PECULIARITIES OF A NIGHT OFFENSIVE
207. A night offensive may open with a breakthrough of the
enemy defense or may be a development of daylight combat operations.
Success of night combat operations depends on their
careful organization, secrecy in preparation, the training of
the troops in night operations and on the skillful use of
illumination.
Sudden, bold, and audacious operations by sub-units,
as well as the display of broad initiative by all commanders in
order to make rapid use of favorable conditions to accomplish
the assigned mission, take on special significance.
When atomic weapons are used at night, the more powerful
blinding action of atomic explosions and their effect on the morale
of the troops must be taken into consideration.
208. A breakthrough of a prepared enemy position at night is
organized well in advance. The decision made by the large unit
commander for a night offensive should be simple and should not
require complicated troop movements.
The commander's decision should contain, apart from the
usual matters, the following:
--the sequence of illumination support;
--measures to combat enemy radiotechnical equipment
and to conceal the troops from observation by his night observation
equipment, particularly during the occupation of the departure
position and during moves from the depth up to the main line of
defense;
--measures to ensure that the offensive will continue
uninterrupted despite daybreak.
209. When organizing the combat formation, the first echelon
of the large unit should have sufficient forces and weapons
allocated to it to ensure the accomplishment of the missions
assigned for the night, without committing the second echelons to
combat.
The second echelon of the large unit is normally committed
to combat with the beginning of daylight, to develop the success
achieved during the night. In circumstances when the night offensive
is conducted in great depth, and requires an increase in the effort
involved, the second echelons may be committed at night.
In order to increase the speed of a night offensive,
tactical airborne landings (drops) may be executed. It is normally
intended to have them link up with the offensive troops at dawn.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-95=
SECRET
210. The depth of the combat missions of large units (units)
during a breakthrough of the enemy defense at night may be the
same as during a daylight offensive. The troops are assigned
a line which they must capture during the night.
During night operations the direction of the attack
should be generally straight ahead, with as few natural
obstacles as possible, with clearly visible landmarks, with
roads paralleling the direction of the offensive, and should
lead to the assigned objectives by the shortest possible route.
211. Artillery and air preparation, with or without atomic
and chemical weapons, is normally carried out before a night
attack.
To achieve surprise, a night offensive, under favorable
conditions, may begin without artillery or air preparation. In
this case the artillery opens fire when the attack begins, or on
a signal given by the attacking troops. The artillery which
has been given the missions of counterbattery and countermortar
fire must be ready to open immediate fire against batteries
identified in advance and against newly discovered batteries.
212. When setting up illumination support for a night
offensive, the following points are normally taken into consideration:
--illumination of targets for the artillery, tanks,
aviation, and small arms;
--setting up of illuminated landmarks (beacons) to
mark the direction of the offensive or boundary lines throughout
the entire depth of the combat mission;
--illumination of the terrain and attack objectives by
all troop arms and aviation;
--light signals for mutual recognition, information, target
indication, for ensuring control of the troops and for maintenance
of coordination between them;
--the sequence of blinding measures to be taken against
enemy observation posts and firing means;
--measures for the destruction, neutralization, and
blinding of the enemy night observation equipment and his means
of illumination;
--marking of the front and flank lines of the units (sub-
units) and the lines they have reached;
--mark passages through barriers and obstacles, routes of
march for troops, and lines of deployment in the departure area,
with signs visible at night during the course of combatg
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-96-
SECRET
--marking of areas which have been contaminated by
radioactive and poisonous substances;
--countermeasures against enemy attempts to disrupt the
illumination support of the troops;
--the order of dispersal and displacement of forces and
equipment allocated for illumination support;
--reserve resources for illumination support and the
order of their employment.
Measures for illumination support are planned for the
entire depth of the combat mission and are further defined as
required during the course of combat.
213. In order to maintain security and to achieve surprise,
the existing system of illumination and employment of night vision
instruments and signaling equipment must not be disrupted before
the beginning of the offensive.
In certain circumstances an attack on the enemy main line
of resistance and the development of the combat into the depth of
his defense may be conducted without employing illumination.
214. With the breakthrough of the enemy main line of defense,
illumination is coordinated with the advance of the troops and
their operations. Illumination of the terrain, objectives, and
targets must be carried out so that the combat formations of
friendly troops are not illuminated.
Troops advancing swiftly with tanks ahead of the infantry
employ their illumination in such a way that the most intensive
lighting is employed during the seizure of the most important
positions and objectives in the enemy defense.
Specially designated batteries fire flares and incendiary
shells in order to create fires in the enemy lines, to light up
the terrain, to create lighted beacons (markers), and to provide
for adjustment of artillery fire. Designated guns fire tracer
shells to mark the direction of the offensive.
In the depth of the enemy defense, aviation illuminates
road junctions, the most important targets, particularly those
subject to attack by atomic weapons, the enemy second echelon and
reserves, and is employed to set up light markers in enemy
dispositions.
The control of the means of illumination during combat is
executed by those commanders at whose disposal the equipment has
been placed. The control of the illumination carried out by aviation
is in the hands of aviation control and target designation officers.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-97-
cGr0PT
215. If the night offensive is a development of daytime combat
operations, the change to the night offensive is carried out
without a break, and is normally effected by the second echelons
or by specially allocated units and sub-units. If necessary, the
development of the night offensive may be carried out by the main
forces of the division (corps). In these circumstances the
offensive is normally conducted in separate directions, using
gaps in the combat formations of the enemy.
The preparation of the troops for a night offensive is
normally carried out during the hours of daylight.
216. During a switch from night combat operations to day
operations, the large unit commander must not allow any slackening
in the tempo of the offensive, and he must ensure the rapid advance
of the troops at dawn. For this purpose it is necessary to
organize additional reconnaissance, specify the missions of other
types of combat support, take timely measures for the dispersion
and concealment of the troops, secure the flanks effectively, and
define the combat missions and questions of coordination of units
(large units), particularly to ensure the timely commitment of
the second echelons to combat. It is also necessary to move
artillery and control points.
During the offensive, and particularly at dawn, the
troops must be ready to repel enemy counterattacks and his air
strikes. Where necessary, important lines (objectives) which
have been captured are consolidated. In this connection the
rapid erection of antitank and antipersonnel obstacles is
of special importance, as is the organization of troop protection
against atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction.
5. THE CONDUCT OF A MEETING ENGAGEMENT
217. The meeting engagement is a type of offensive combat in
which both sides attempt to achieve their purpose by offensive
operations.
A meeting engagement may take place in the course
of all kinds of combat operations. Its characteristics are:
--an insufficiently clear situation at the moment that
battle is joined;
--decisive and rapid changes in the situation and fluidity
of combat operations;
--a tense struggle for the seizure and maintenance of the
initiative throughout the battle;
--rapid change in combat formations of the troops and rapid
buildup of the efforts from the rear;
1M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-98-
SECRET
--the development of combat operations on a broad front,
freedom of maneuver, and, usually the presence of exposed flanks
on both sides.
218. Success in a meeting engagement is achieved by the timely
discovery of enemy movements, by making timely decisions and
rapidly issuing missions to the troops, by forestalling the
enemy in the delivery of atomic and air strikes, in opening
artillery fire, in the seizure of favorable lines, and also by
deploying rapidly into approach march and combat formation, by
going over to the attack first, by decisive and coordinated
troop operations, and through the broad display of initiative
by all commanders.
Anticipating the enemy in deploying and in going over
to the offensive may lead to the defeat of an enemy who is more
powerful, but who has not yet succeeded in deploying his groupings.
In a meeting engagement one should strive for the rapid
disorganization of enemy combat and march formations and splitting
them into individual groups and destroying them one by one.
When creating troop groups for carrying out a strike,
complicated movements leading to loss of time should be avoided.
The organization of troops anticipating a meeting engagement
must ensure their rapid deployment to carry out an immediate
strike against the flank and rear of the main grouping of the
enemy, while pinning him down from the front. Tank units and
large units should be employed in the main direction for the
purpose of using them for a thrust into the flank and rear of the
enemy.
To assist in the deployment of the main forces of the
division, a large part of the engineer troop sub-units are
attached to the units of the first echelon.
In a meeting engagement it is essential to secure the
flanks and rear of friendly troops by deep reconnaissance and by
moving antitank weapons and reserves to the flanks.
219. Aerial and ground reconnaissance are carried out in order
to determine the composition and grouping of enemy forces, to
establish the direction of his movement, his flanks, and the time
at which he crosses certain lines, and also his line of deployment.
Continuous and careful observation of all enemy troops discovered,
particularly tank troops, is conducted.
Commanders and staffs must ensure that information about
the situation and enemy actions obtained by reconnaissance is
received quickly and passed to the troops, particularly information
about his atomic and other means of mass destruction, and about
reserves moving up from the rear.
A- SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-99-
CFCPFT
220. Atomic strikes before the joining of a meeting engagement
are carried out against the columns of the enemy main grouping,
and particularly against his tank troops. Atomic strikes are
most effective against troops crossing water obstacles, in defiles,
and during their deployment for battle.
In the course of a meeting engagement atomic strikes
may be launched against the enemy's ground means of atomic attack,
against the second echelons in the process of deployment, and
gainst reserves moving up.
221. Chemical weapons may be used against enemy troops
crossing water barriers and defiles, against troops moving up
to lines of deployment, and during the deployment of the enemy
main forces. They may also be used against artillery firing
positions and against the enemy reserves moving up.
222. Commanders and staffs, when studying the terrain in the
zone of operations, must determine all favorable and unfavorable
positions for deployment and battle.
In order to forestall the enemy in the seizure of
favorable lines (objectives) in the area of operations of the
division, and to hold them up until the arrival of the main body,
a forward detachment (detachments) is sent out on the division
commander's order. For this same purpose, tactical airborne
landings (drops) may be made.
Forward detachments may consist of reinforced tank
or motorized rifle sub-units (units).
223. The decision to join in a meeting engagement is made
by the large unit commander as early as possible on the
basis of information obtained by ground and aerial reconnaissance.
Any delay in reaching this decision leads to the loss of the
initiative. The decision is defined in detail at the time the
forward detachments and other advance units (sub-units) joins in
combat. In making his decision, the commander of the large unit
determines:
--the direction of the main strike, the type of maneuver,
nd the grouping of forces and equipment;
--the lines of deployment and combat missions of the
units (large units);
--the targets against which atomic strikes must be made,
and the tentative time of their delivery;
--the missions of artillery and aviation detailed for
support;
--the missions of the antiaircraft defense units;
I' SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
L SECRET
--the plan of coordination of troops;
--missions for the securing of flanks and for combat
support;
--the site of the forward command post.
The direction of the main strike is chosen in a zone of
terrain suitable for tank operations. This direction must be
convenient for the movement of the main forces into the flank
and rear of the enemy, and must not pass through large populated
points.
In cases when the enemy has already suffered large
losses, and also when the troop maneuver to strike the flank or
the rear is difficult, or will require a prolonged period of
time, it may be more advantageous to carry out the main strike
from the front.
Large units and units receive their immediate and
follow-up missions along lines whose capture would create
conditions advantageous for the further conduct of combat. At
the same time as he assigns combat missions, the commander of
the large unit issues basic instructions about troop coordination.
If airborne landings (drops) are made in the direction
where the large unit is operating, to forestall enemy seizure
of lines, the commander of the large unit coordinates the
operations of the division units with the airborne landing in
order to exploit its success rapidly and to link up with it.
224. Upon contact with the enemy, the reconnaissance sub-units
penetrate bold:y to his main forces and determine their composition,
direction of movement, and lines of deployment.
When a meeting engagement has been joined, the forward
detachments, supported by artillery fire, decisively destroy
the forward enemy sub-units, seize and hold selected lines until
the arrival of the main forces (advance guards) of the division,
and hinder the deployment of the enemy main forces.
Enemy airborne forces which have landed, on routes of
movement, are destroyed normally by forward detachments and
advance guards, and in certain cases by a part of the main forces.
225. Air strikes against the enemy troops moving up are
delivered as they are detected, and even before their deployment,
in order to delay the movement of his main forces, to inflict
damage, and to help friendly troops rout the enemy.
Air strikes are first delivered against the enemy
operating in the direction of the large unit's main thrust, and
also against enemy forces threatening the flank.
SECRET M1
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
Particular attention must be paid to the destruction of
enemy tank large units (units) and artillery, and to the support
of friendly forward detachments and airborne landings.
Fighter aviation, in coordination with antiaircraft
artillery, must protect friendly troops from enemy air strikes,
particularly during their deployment, and also during the passage
of defiles, bridges, water obstacles, and across open terrain,
226. When engaging the enemy, the division destroys his
covering units by decisive operations of the forward detachments,
advance guards and other forward units (sub-units), and uses the
main forces of the division to carry out a thrust at the flank
and rear of the enemy main grouping, splitting it into pieces and
destroying them piecemeal.
The success attained must be exploited boldly and
continuously, without allowing the enemy the opportunity to
organize his defense and regroup his forces.
The combat operations of the division are supported
by aviation and by massed artillery fire, in the course of which
the large unit commander must quickly centralize the control of
the deployed artillery.
During an engagement with superior enemy forces, it is
expedient to meet the enemy, at a line favorable for combat,
with the fire of tanks, artillery, and strikes by aviation in
order to break up his combat formations, inflict losses, and destroy
the enemy with a thrust delivered by the main forces against his
flank and rear.
227. In the event of an enemy offensive or an Airborne landing
directed against the flank of our troops, adequate forces, above
all tanks and artillery, should be shifted quickly to attack
him, but without diverting from fulfillment of the previously
assigned mission.
When significant enemy forces operate on its flank, the
division shifts its main strength to the threatened flank and
continues the offensive, or, with the authorization of the senior
commander, goes over to the defense.
If, as a result of a meeting engagement, the enemy goes
over to the defense, our troops attack him immediately, and if
he begins to withdraw, without delay, they switch to the pursuit.
228. When a meeting engagement occure,oantrol of troops is
effected through short combat orders. '
When the enemy has been engaged by the forward units
(sub-units), the forward command post cif the large unit commander
is set up in the direction of the main thrust, in a location
SO* SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
CFCI?PT
from which he can observe the deployment and control the operations
of the main forces.
229. When a meeting engagement starts, the rear service units
(sub-units) move into their assigned areas, where they, first of
all, set up medical aid posts and organize collection points
for damaged vehicles.
6. PURSUIT
230. The rout of a retreating enemy is achieved by relentless
and swift pursuit, by cutting the route of his withdrawal, by
the dispersal and destruction by units.
Pursuit may arise as a result of the successful develop-
ment of an offensive, after breaking through the enemy defense,
unfortunate outcome of a meeting engagement for the enemy, or in
the event of a planned withdrawal by the enemy.
231. The largeo~unit commander, when organizing a pursuit, must:
--determine the initiation and direction of withdrawal by
the enemy main forces, and organize continuous observation of
his actions during the retreat;
--select the lines (areas) in the enemy rear which the
troops must, reach in order to cut the enemy line of retreat and
the shorteskroutes to reach them;
--determine the number and composition of the detailed
forward detachments, and assign them their missions;
--assign the troops missions for the pursuit and
destruction of the enemy in the selected area.
In anticipation of an enemy withdrawal, measures for
his pursuit are planned in advance.
232. In all cases, reconnaissance must establish enemy preparation
for, initiation, and route of withdrawal, his grouping, movement of
reserves, particularly tanks, the presence of obstacles, whether
the roads and bridges along the division (corps) routes of march
are passable, and enemy preparation and occupation of defensive
positions.
In order to discover a planned enemy withdrawal in
advance, observation and listening are intensified, the capture of
prisoners is organized, and reconnaissance in force is conducted on
a broad front. A planned withdrawal by the enemy is most probable
at night and is normally covered by vigorous operations.
T SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-102-
SECRET
233. Large units and units engaged in pursuit are given
missions of greater depth and broad zones are designated for
their operations.
In order to ensure freedom of maneuver and to make it
possible to intensify efforts in the main direction, it is
essential to have reserves.
234. When the initiation of an enemy withdrawal has been
determined, all commanders begin their pursuit independently,
without waiting for orders from the senior commander, in order
not to lose contact between our troops and the enemy and to
prevent him from organizing resistance on a new line.
With the initiation of the enemy withdrawal, the large
unit commander attacks with his main forces, supported by artillery
and aviation, with the mission of overrunning the enemy covered
units, penetrating swiftly into the depth, block the lines of
withdrawal of his main forces, and destroy them. Subsequently,
part of the forces, with the necessary reinforcement, are detailed
for the frontal pursuit of the withdrawing enemy.
If the senior commander orders that frontal pursuit of
the enemy is to be conducted by other troops, the large unit
advances, with all its forces, along routes parallel to the
direction of the enemy withdrawal, and pursues him at full
intensity in order to get to the flank and rear of the retreating
enemy and, together with the troops pursuing him frontally, surround
and destroy him.
In order to ensure swift pursuit, the troops frequently
move in march column and operate in approach march formation.
Tank large units and units are employed during a pursuit
for swift and deep commitment on the enemy withdrawal route
or for the dispersal and destruction of his main grouping.
235. When the enemy withdraws in several columns, the columns
must be isolated from each other and destroyed piecemeal, striving
to destroy the main column first.
If the enemy has set up a hasty defense on a subsequent
line, the division (corps) attacks him from the march.
During a pursuit it is first necessary to capture
crossings over water obstacles or their bridgeheads in the enemy
rear, and also the other most important lines, in order to
prevent the enemy from establishing a new line of defense.
236. Upon receipt of a pursuit mission, or on their own
initiative, division commanders send out forward detachments
which move around the covering units without engaging them in
combat. They attempt to arrive at the withdrawal route of the
enemy main forces as quickly as possible, and to seize important
= SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-103-
4W SECRET
lines and objectives. The operations of the forward detachments
are supported by artillery and aviation.
237. In order to seize and hold defiles, bridges, crossing
places, bridgeheads, road junctions and other key objectives
on the enemy withdrawal routes, airborne landings (drops) may
be used. The division commander establishes communication with
the airborne landing group and coordinates its operations with
those of the division troops.
238. During a pursuit, the regimental and division artillery
groups follow closer to the head of the columns of the main forces
of regiments and divisions. The corps artillery group normally
moves in the columns of the first echelon divisions or in a
separate column in the main direction.
The artillery remains ready to-impede the enemy withdrawal
or to rout him by firing at road junctions, defiles, bridges and
crossings, and to prevent him from occupying and organizing a
defense at intermediate lines, and from bringing up his reserves.
Atomic strikes, during a pursuit, may be employed against
the main grouping of the withdrawing enemy, against his reserves
that-are moving out, and also against bridges, water crossing places
and other key objectives on the enemy withdrawal route.
The antiaircraft defense troops cover the pursuing
troops' main forces and also remain ready to operate against the
enemy on the ground. Part of the antiaircraft artillery drawn
from the division (corps) antiaircraft artillery group may be
attached to regiments and forward detachments.
239. During the pursuit, aviation, in accordance with the
senior commander's plan, carries out strikes at the enemy along
his route of withdrawal, particularly at road junctions, bridges,
water crossings and in defiles, and also against enemy strong
points hindering the forward movement of our troops. At the
same time, aviation carries out strikes against tank troops and
other reserves moving up from the rear, preventing them from
occupying and improving rear defensive positions.
Air strikes should be launched, first of all, against
the enemy main groupings and also against groupings which threaten
the flank of our pursuing troops with a thrust.
In order to assist aviation in the timely takeover of
enemy airfields, the large unit commander assigns sub-units to
seize these airfields.
240. The basic engineer support missions during the pursuit
of the enemy are'
JIM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-104-
_
1FCPFT
--reconnaissance, the removal of obstacles, and the
restoration and repair of damaged roads and bridges along the
routes of the pursuing troops;
--the erection of obstacles and employment of demolitions
along the enemy withdrawal route and in the directions of
possible enemy counterattacks;
--supporting the operations of forward detachments and
airborne landing groups in the seizure and holding of key lines
nd objectives;
--supporting the forcing of water obstacles from the march.
241. The chemical troops are employed for chemical and radiation
reconnaissance, for decontamination and disinfection of the routes
used by the pursuing troops, and, in coordination with the engineers,
for opening passages through enemy engineer and chemical obstacles,
and also for securing the flanks of troops conducting a pursuit.
242. During the pursuit, and also in the event the main forces
are deployed, the division (corps) commander controls his troops
in the same way as during an offensive.
When the troops are moving in columns, the large unit
commander and the group of officers necessary for control, move
at the head of the main forces column, while the large unit staff
moves in the main forces column.
243. Only the most essential rear service units and sub-units
accompany the troops in pursuit. The remainder move as the
situation demands.
The timely supply of fuel and ammunition to the troops
is of particular significance during the pursuit. If necessary,
it transport may be used for this purpose.
7. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE
INVOLVING CROSSING IERS
244, The significance of a water barrier is determined by
its breadth, depth, the speed of the current, the characteristics
of the river valley, the banks, and the bottom, the existence of
fords and hydrotechnical constructions, the type of enemy defense
of the water barrier, and the weather conditions and time of year.
245. During an offensive which is developing successfully,
water barriers are normally forced from the march.
If it is not possible to force a crossing from the march,
it is effected after a short preparation.
Under conditions of direct contact with the enemy along
a water line, the forcing is carried out after a planned preparation,
IMM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-105-
SECRET
Employment of atomic weapons and modern crossing equipment,
nd the possibility of moving combat equipment and transport on
self-propelled crossing equipment, and tanks crossing under water,
allow the troops to force water barriers at high speed.
246. In all cases, success in forcing is achieved by:
--timely reconnaissance of the water barrier and of the
--rapid destruction and neutralization of enemy means
of mass destruction, combat equipment, and firing means;
--thorough organization, secrecy of preparation, surprise,
and rapidity of forcing on a broad front, and rapid development
of an offensive on the opposite bank;
--provide the troops with self-propelled means of
crossing, as well as make available equipment permitting tanks
to cross under water;
--the timely opening of passages through obstacles on the
banks and in the water;
--concealed and timely movement of the necessary amount of
crossing equipment up to the sectors to be forced, and skillful
use of this equipment during the forcing;
--reliable protection of friendly troops and the crossing
against enemy air strikes, particularly during the forcing itself,
and at the captured bridgeheads.
247. In order to force a water barrier, sectors should be
selected where the banks and the valley are accessible, providing
good concealment and rapidity of operation, and also where the
enemy defense is weaker or where he does not expect a forcing.
Determination of the most convenient sectors for forcing
is one of the most important missions of reconnaissance. Reconnaissance
must establish:
--the type of enemy defense of the water barrier, in
particular the most weakly held defensive sectors, and the
assembly areas of his reserves;
--the breadth, depth, speed of current, condition of the
bottom, and the nature of the banks and. approaches leading to the
water barrier;
--the existence and condition of fords and hydrotechnical
tructures, and also the possibility of altering the level of the
water;
JOW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
_1o6_
SECRET
--the sectors which are most suitable for the underwater
crossing of tanks;
--concealed routes of approach to the water barrier and
areas which are most suitable for the troops to assume departure
positions and for the disposition of crossing equipment;
--the existence of underwater obstacles, and of obstacles
and contaminated areas on the enemy bank;
--the availability of timber and local means for crossing.
248. When a decision has been made to launch an attack involving
the crossing of a water obstacle, the division (corps) commander,
in addition to the normal questions, determines: the forcing sector
for the regiments (divisions), the formation of the troops for
the forcing; the departure position; the method and sequence of
forcing; the distribution of crossing equipment among the units;
and the organization of the crossing; measures for concealment
and deception of the enemy, and measures for troop movement up
to the water barrier.
During a forcing from the march, the division commander,
in addition, must determine the composition and missions of the
forward detachment.
249. In the sectors chosen for the forcing, assault, ferry,
and bridge crossings, and underwater tank crossings are organized,
as well as fording points when available. The number of crossings
is decided by the large unit (unit) commander on the basis of the
crossing equipment available, the nature of the water barrier and
the established order for the troop crossing.
The commandant's service is organized to ensure an
organized move up to the water barrier, to avoid troop congestion
near the crossing site, to maintain the established order of
crossing both in the departure position and on the routes leading
up to the crossing sites.
In order to control the use of the crossing equipment
and to maintain order at the crossing sites, crossing commandants
are appointed from among the commanders of engineer (sub-units)
units organizing these crossings.
250. Engineer support missions during the forcing of a water
barrier, in addition to the normal ones, are.
--to conduct engineer reconnaissance of the water barrier;
--to set up and maintain the crossings and the routes leading
to them;
--to open paths through obstacles in the water and on the
bank;
Ift SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-107-
4M SECRET
--direct support of the crossing troops;
--to organize a rescue service, and to protect the crossing
from floating mines and from enemy diversionary actions.
251. In order to achieve a successful forcing from the march,
it is of primary importance to disrupt enemy attempts to defend
a water barrier, and particularly to forestall him in reaching
the obstacle. For this purpose, atomic and air strikes and
rocket and missile fire are carried out against enemy troops in
defensive positions along a water barrier or moving up to it.
In addition, in order to assist the troops on the offensive,
irborne landings (drops) may be made to seize crossing sites and
bridgeheads, or to prevent the enemy from organizing his defense
along a water barrier.
The division commander directs the efforts of his troops
toward the most rapid approach of a water barrier and to a forcing
from the march, and in order to do this he rapidly moves up his
reconnaissance sub-units and forward detachments. He also takes
measures for the timely preparation of combat equipment and transport
for crossing by self-propelled means, and besides, prepares tanks
for an underwater crossing.
The preparation of tanks for an underwater crossing is
carried out during the approach to the water barrier, and is
completed under cover, as close as possible to the barrier.
Underwater crossings by tanks normally are conducted after the
capture of the opposite bank and a careful reconnaissance of
obstacles in the water.
The reconnaissance of sectors favorable for underwater
tank crossings is conducted by forces and equipment allocated
for that purpose and included in the composition of the
reconnaissance sub-units, and also by special patrols.
252. Forward detachments, reinforced by crossing equipment,
move rapidly up to the water barrier on a broad front and,
independently or in coordination with airborne landings,with
artillery support and air strikes, seize crossings and force the
water barrier from the march over captured crossing sites or on
their own crossing equipment, seize bridgeheads on the opposite
bank, and support the crossing of the main forces of the division.
In order to increase the buildup of troops in captured bridgeheads,
helicopters are employed extensively to move in troops.
253. For the timely preparation of a crossing, the division
commander takes measures for the most rapid movement of crossing
equipment to the sectors to be forced. Helicopters may be used
for this purpose.
Construction of bridges is begun immediately after the
forward detachments have seized lines which shield bridge construction
from small-arms fire.
1$0 SECRET MMOM,
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-io8-
4M SECRET
254. The main forces of the division move up to the water
obstacle rapidly. Exploiting the results of atomic strikes and
using the existing crossing sites and also crossing equipment,
they force the crossing from the march on a broad front under
cover of artillery fire and air strikes, and develop the
offensive on the opposite bank without interruption.
As the artillery comes up, it is deployed in firing
positions as near as possible to the water barrier, and without
delay supports the combat operations of the forward detachments,
the tactical airborne landings, and the main forces. Particular
attention must be paid to covering the flanks of the crossing
troops. Part of the tanks and artillery, including the large
caliber artillery, are detached to carry on fire by direct laying.
The tanks, using fords and crossing equipment, cross
the water barrier without delay and, together with the infantry,
develop a rapid offensive into the depth.
255. During the approach to a water barrier and the crossing
itself, troop protection from enemy air attacks is of particular
importance. For this purpose the sub-units and units of antiair-
craft defense move up to the water obstacle in advance and cover
the main body of the troops and the crossings. Part of the small-
caliber antiaircraft artillery is sent across to the opposite
bank with the sub-units of the first echelon. Fighter aviation
reinforces the air cover of the troops, particularly when the
antiaircraft artillery is displacing and occupying the firing
positions.
In order to conceal troop operations during a forcing
and deceive the enemy as to the sectors where the crossing is to
take place, antiradar camouflage and smoke should be used on a broad
front.
256. The forcing of a water barrier after a short preparation
or after a planned preparation normally begins during the artillery
and air preparation, conducted with or without atomic strikes and
the use of other means of mass destruction.
The artillery and air preparation should continue until
the beginning of the changeover to the offensive by the sub-units
of the first echelon that have crossed over, after which artillery
and air support begins.
In individual cases, during the forcing of a water barrier
with planned preparations, particularly when visibility is low,
the crossing may begin without artillery preparation in order to
achieve surprise.
257. The immediate mission of a division on the offensive in
the first echelon, having forced a water obstacle, is normally
the seizure of a line to the depth of the enemy main artillery
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-109-
SECRET
positions. The follow up mission is to develop the offensive in
order to break through the whole defense of the enemy first
echelon division, and, in coordination with adjacent large units,
to destroy his reserves moving up. The subsequent mission is
assigned as the offensive develops.
258. Sub-units of the first echelon normally board i -
propelled means of assault in concealed places. Their movement
up to the water barrier is carried out during the artillery and
air preparation under the cover of troops located on the bank.
The time to begin the movement is determined according
to the time set for the forcing and the time required to cover
the distance from the boarding point to the edge of the water.
259. The beginning of the forcing is the moment when the
sub-units of the first echelon leave their bank. H-hour is
considered to be the beginning of the attack by the first echelon
on the enemy main line of defense on the opposite bank.
Bridges are thrown across the barrier after the seizure
by the first echelon of a line whose loss deprives the enemy
of the ability to execute small-arms fire into the area where the
bridge is being constructed.
260. Right behind the first echelon, the troops of the
following echelons cross without delay and with their means of
reinforcement.
The artillery is ferried across in such a way that its
main element is able to give uninterrupted fire support to the
crossing and to the operations of the troops on the opposite bank.
In the event of an unsuccessful forcing at one site,
the crossing should be shifted to another sector where the forcing
is successful, and the reserve of crossing equipment should be
sent there.
During operations on the opposite bank, particular
attention should be paid to securing the flanks of the units and
large units which have completed the crossing. For this purpose,
reserves and second echelons are moved up to the flanks ready
to repel possible enemy counterattacks by vigorous operations,
and also artillery fire is prepared.
261. A division of the second echelon normally crosses to the
opposite bank of a water barrier over bridges, on ferries, and on
assault crossing means. Tanks may also make the crossing under
water. The time and method of the division's commitment to combat
nd its missions are determined by the situation on the opposite
bank.
as
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
SECRET
262. Rear service units and sub-units cross to the opposite
bank by echelons. The first to cross are the regimental medical
id posts and the essential transport with ammunition.
263. If a flotilla of our naval forces is present on the
water barrier, it may be employed to fulfill the following missions:
--joint action with the troops on the offensive by gun
fire, and by landing amphibious forces to seize a bridgehead on
the bank of the water barrier;
--the destruction of enemy river craft which are resisting
the forcing;
--cover the crossing from attack by ships of the enemy
river flotilla;
--cooperation in the ferrying of troops across the water
barrier by the forces and means of the flotilla;
--minesweeping in the water barrier.
8. OVERCOMING THE ENEMY SECURITY ZONE
264. During an offensive a division may come up against a
security (protection) zone covering the approaches to fortified
zones and defensive lines of the enemy.
A security (protection) zone is overcome from the
march by forward units (advance guards, forward detachments)
with support from the artillery of the main forces and aviation.
The large unit main forces move up behind them ready to exploit
their success.
Thorough reconnaissance of the enemy defense is conducted
while the security zone is being overcome and during the battle
for the main line of the enemy first defense zone.
265. Forward units (advance guards, forward detachments),
operating in separate directions and making wide use of close and
deep envelopments, must not allow the defending enemy to make
successive withdrawals into his security (protection) zone and
should destroy him piecemeal.
As they approach the enemy defensive zone, the forward
units, exploiting the results of atomic strikes, air strikes and
artillery fire, should break into the defensive zone from the march,
and continue the offensive without interruption.
266. If the enemy puts up heavy resistance,the forward units
(sub-units) have to establish close contact with the enemy along
his defensive positions, should seize the strong points in his
main line of defense, and cover the deployment of the division
main forces.
AW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
9. PECULIARITIES OF THE BREAKTHROUGH
OF A FORTIFIED ABU
267. A breakthrough of a fortified area is normally undertaken
in cases when it is impossible to bypass it, and when attempts
to seize it from the march were unsuccessful.
The breakthrough of a fortified area from the march or
with an attack prepared in a short time is undertaken after the
massed employment of atomic weapons, or if the fortified area
is not completely ready or is defended by weak forces.
Airborne landings may be utilized to assist troops
carrying out a breakthrough of a fortified area.
268. The breakthrough of a fortified area prepared and defended
by the enemy, requires powerful means of destruction and neutraliza-
tion and also thorough preparation.
The most effective means for destroying permanent
defensive structures are atomic weapons.
For the destruction of the strongest permanent defensive
structures, surface atomic bursts may be used during the approach
of the troops to the fortified area, during the battle for the
security zone, and during the period of preparation for the break-
through. They must be employed in such a way that in the areas
of the atomic bursts and..,in the paths of the radioactive clouds,
the radiation dose will fall below the danger level and the troops
will be able to effect a breakthrough at high speed. Artillery fire
and air strikes should be planned in advance against the areas of
such surface atomic bursts in order to prevent the enemy from carry-
ing out any reconstruction.
269. During preparation for a breakthrough of a fortified area,
besides the normal measures, the following are carried out:
--systematic and thorough study of enemy permanent and
field defensive structures and obstacles, accurate determination
of their coordinates, plotting them on large-scale maps (charts),
and the dissemination of these maps down to company (battery)
level inclusively;
--the organization of assault groups (detachments) and
the coordination of their operations with tank and infantry sub-
units;
--the timely discovery and, if necessary, the preliminary
destruction of permanent defensive structures by atomic weapons,
by large caliber and especially powerful artillery, and by aviation.
The results of the destruction are confirmed by photography
and observation.
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
270. The peculiarity of troop combat formations for a break-
through of a fortified area is its formation in depth, the
creation of assault groups at battalion level for blocking and
destroying permanent and important field defensive structures,
and at regimental level, of assault detachments, if there are
powerful and complex defensive structures or strong points, in
the path of their offensive, which cannot be destroyed by
atomic weapons, artillery, or aviation.
The composition of assault groups and detachments
is determined in accordance with the type of defensive structures
and their position within the system of fortifications, and may
bee An assault group -- normally a reinforced rifle platoon,
and an assault detachment -- from a reinforced rifle company to
a reinforced motorized rifle battalion. The composition of assault
groups and detachments normally includes guns and mortars of
various calibers, including large-caliber, tanks, and engineer
and flame-throwing sub-units.
271. A particularly important task for the reconnaissance of
a fortified area must be the discovery of the fire system of the
permanent defensive structures, their number and type, favorable
approaches to them, and also reconnaissance of the obstacles
and their density.
In order to discover the enemy defense system, comparative
vertical and oblique photography of the defense zone and of
individual objectives is carried out.
272. The peculiarities of engineer support during a break-
through of a fortified area are: The preparation of a large number
of direct-laying fire positions for large-caliber guns and tanks;
the creation and equipping of passages over antitank ditches, mine-
fields, and posts in conditions where the obstacles are densely
situated and are in many belts; ``the demolition of permanent defensive
fortifications; laying buried mines, and their careful concealment.
273. The special tasks of the artillery are: The destruction
of permanent defensive structures which have not been destroyed
by atomic weapons, neutralization of their garrisons, and also
the neutralization and destruction of the troops occupying defensive
field structures; the blinding and neutralization of permanent
defensive structures on the flanks of the attacking troops; the
creation of passages through posts and ditches if this cannot be
done by engineer troop forces.
The duration of the artillery preparation is determined
in accordance with the nature of the defense of the fortified area,
the number of atomic weapons and aircraft called upon for the
destruction of particularly important and strong structures, and the
possibilities of the artillery to destroy these permanent defensive
structures.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-113-
SECRET
Of particular significance is the fire of direct-laying
large-caliber guns and tanks against embrasures, armored cupolas,
and low-ground walls of permanent defensive structures.
If the system of defense of the fortified area cannot
be broken during the artillery preparation, a preparatory period
may be set aside for the destruction of permanent defensive
structures.
274. Aviation concentrates its main effort on the destruction
of enemy means of mass destruction, missiles and the neutralization
of artillery and reserves, and also on the destruction of the
most important permanent defensive structures in the depth of
the enemy defense.
275. An attack against a fortified area is begun simultaneously
by the direct-support tanks, infantry, and assault groups, with
artillery and air support.
The assault groups block and destroy surviving and newly
discovered permanent defensive structures. Tanks and infantry
penetrate boldly through gaps made by atomic strikes, and also
through openings between permanent defensive structures and,
without delay, advance into the depth of the enemy defense. The
success achieved is exploited immediately in order to prevent
the enemy from consolidating positions on intermediate lines.
The accompanying guns fire at the permanent defensive
structures and the enemy means of fire which hinder the forward
movement of the tanks and infantry. Surviving and newly discovered
permanent defensive structures in the depth of the enemy defense
are destroyed by assault groups.
Antitank reserves and mobile obstacle-placing detachments
should be brought up closer to the combat formations of the first
echelon of the troops. Captured permanent defensive structures
which cannot be used by the offensive troops should be demolished.
10. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE IN A TOWN
276. A town with strong stone buildings and branching underground
structures may be quickly turned into a strong center of defense
by the enemy. However, a town may be destroyed easily by atomic
and air strikes, simultaneously causing large fires and total
obstruction, and, if surface atomic bursts are employed, a high
radiation level over large areas, which creates great danger of
contamination of the troops occupying the town or carrying on a
battle in it. Therefore, during the course of an offensive, towns,
as a rule, are bypassed. When a town has great importance or it is
impossible to bypass it, it is captured from the march.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SEC'RFT
An offensive in a town is characterized by limited
field of vision and fire, slight opportunity for troop maneuver,
the need to overcome many obstructions caused by the destruction
of buildings, and also complexity of control of troops.
An offensive in a town is carried out along the most
important directions and breaks up into a series of independent
local battles. It is characterized by special intensity and
surprises.
277. In order to capture a town from the march, the division
sends out strong forward detachments which, using air strikes and
other means of destruction, penetrate to the center of the town or
to its key objectives and main arteries, and seize and hold them,
coordinating with the main body in the capture of the town.
The division main forces, operating decisively along
the main arteries, destroy the most important enemy groups,
capture the town and, leaving behind small sub-units to mop up,
move out of the town.
278. If attempts to capture the town from the march are
unsuccessful, its seizure is effected by making a number of
simultaneous thrusts in several sectors in order to split up
the enemy defense into separate areas and to destroy their
defending garrisons piecemeal.
An attack of individual objectives inaa town is
conducted by reinforced battalions, companies, and platoons,
making extensive use of rocket weapons, mortars, flame-throwers,
tanks, and smoke and incendiary weapons.
Atomic weapons are used against the most important
objectives in the enemy defense. Atomic strikes are carried out
mainly by the artillery and by mortars.
Of particular importance is chemical, radiation, and
bacteriological reconnaissance, and also the clearing of obstructions,
decontamination and disinfection of routes, and extinguishing fires.
279. During an attack in a large city, the combat missions
are determined on the basis of the type of enemy defense, the town
plan, its structures, and the degree of their destruction.
Normally, the division's immediate mission is the
destruction of the defending enemy and advance to the main arteries
or the center of the town; the follow up mission is to capture new
objectives in the depth of the town or to reach its opposite edge.
280. In order to give the attacking sub-units a high degree of
self-sufficiency, a significant part of the tanks and artillery,
including large-caliber and light rocket are attached to them.
The remaining artillery is used in the composition of the artillery
groups.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-115-
SFC'PFT
The infantry close-support tanks are normally attached
to companies and platoons. Particular attention must be paid to
the timely location of enemy antitank weapons and their
destruction.
281. In the course of the offensive, the large unit commander,
in order to split up the enemy and deprive him of the chance to
maneuver within the city, directs his troops toward the capture
of key strong points and junctions on t he,,,main arteries of the
city, the telephone and telegraph offices and radio stations,
bridges, under/overpasses, railway stations, subway stations,
important enterprises, and the installations which provide the
city with a centralized supply of water.
It is advantageous to carry out the attack under cover
of darkness or smoke. Underground structures are used to send
out reconnaissance sub-units into the enemy rear area, and also for
sending out sub-units to~lhelp_in the capture of strong points.
Sectors of the underground system which are not being used should
be mined or obstructed.
Key objectives and intersections captured in directions
where the enemy may counterattack are consolidated. In addition
the troops must be ready to repel enemy counterattacks from
underground structures.
282. Fighter aviation and antiaircraft artillery screen
friendly troops from enemy air strikes and cut off the beseiged
garrison from the air. Before the beginning of the attack,
bomber aviation, in coordination with the artillery, neutralizes
and destroys particularly strong points and centers of enemy defense.
During the offensive, it carries out strikes against enemy troops
moving up to the town, neutralizes and destroys enemy artillery,
and continues the destruction and neutralization of strong points
and centers of resistance.
283. Features of engineer support are:
--reconnaissance of enemy fortifications and obstacles
and also of the town underground structures;
--support attacks on individual buildings and strong
points with engineering means;
--the creation of passages, the clearing of mines,
including delayed-action types, from streets and houses for
freedom of maneuver and safe deployment of the troops;
--support the forcing of rivers and canals in the town;
--the destruction of individual buildings and objectives,
including use of buried mine attack;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-116-
T SECRET
--the adaptation of the underground structures, cellars
and semi-basement floors of buildings to protect troops and
control points from weapons of mass destruction;
--to set up water supply points.
284. If the division has received the mission of blockading
a town, it captures the most important positions around the town
in its suburbs and at its edges, and consolidates them in order
to prevent the enemy from leaving the encircled town. The most
probable routes that the enemy may use to get out of the encircled
town are particularly well consolidated.
Strong reserves must be created for the destruction of
an enemy who has broken out Of a town.
In favorable circumstances, the blockading large units
may seize key objectives in the town by surprise attack in order
to hasten the capitulation of the enemy troops.
11. A DIVISION (CORPS) OFFENSIVE
IN COORDINATION NAVY
285. Offensive operations by large units of the ground forces in
dodrdiditton with large units of the navy are executed by landing a
division in the form of an amphibious landing on the enemy-held
coast, by a division (corps) carrying out an offensive operation
along a seacoast or the bank of a large river, and also during
an offensive aimed at reaching the seacoast or a river bank.
286. In an amphibious landing operation, a division may
seize important objectives or a bridgehead on the coast, and
by striking at the enemy flank and rear, or by tenaciously
holding on to a-captured area, maytihelp the troops advancing
along the coast to achieve success. In addition, a division may
be landed to capture an.'-island, or a group of islands, to seize
parts of the coast line of straits in order to assist in forcing
a troop crossing, or to support the passage of ships Of the fleet
through them before the arrival of the attacking troops.
Tank units equipped with individualeans of flotation
maybe used to strike at the enemy rear, man uvering on the sea
under their own power, and also operate as forward detachments
during the capture of islands, bridgeheads, and objectives on the
opposite banks of narrow straits. For these missions the forward
detachments are reinforced by amphibious tanks and specially trained
infantry on amphibious armored carriers. The operations of these
units are conducted in close coordination with aviation and with
ships of the navy.
287. An amphibious landing is normally carried out on an
unimproved coast, and sometimes in a port.
JW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-117-
SECRET
The division first echelon is landed, as a rule, from
special landing ships.
The remaining division units (sub-units) may be conveyed
to the area of the landing on transports or, in some cases, in
warships. The landing of these units (sub-units) on the coast is
executed after they have been transferred to landing ships and
means of debarkation.
Helicopters may be used to transfer landing sub-units
to the shore.
If the water barrier is of negligible width and the
weather is good, amphibious tanks and tanks equipped with individual
means of flotation may cross the sea on their own or may be towed
behind ships.
Either prior to or simultaneously with an amphibious
landing, it is normal to execute an airborne landing (drop) in
order to seize and hold sectors of the coast in the area of the
amphibious landing, and also to capture key lines along the paths
of approach of enemy reserves to the area of the landing.
288. In order to destroy and neutralize the enemy anti-landing
defenses, artillery and air preparation is normally provided for
debarkation and in support of the landing operations on shore,
with or without the employment of atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction.
Atomic strikes are first made against the coastal sectors
designated for the landing which have permanent defensive fortifica-
tions, against areas where missile launching installations and
coastal batteries are located, and against the enemy reserves.
Artillery and air preparation is conducted by the ships
providing artillery support and by aviation until the arrival of
the landing craft carrying the first echelon batt4lions at
the debarkation points. Artillery and air support are carried
out by ships, aviation, and the artillery of the landing force
until the division has accomplished its missions on the shore.
In some cases, the landing may be carried out without
artillery and air preparation in order to achieve surprise.
289. A division is landed on a ten to fifteen kilometer
front. A first echelon regiment is assigned a sector of up to
six kilometers, and a battalion is assigned a landing point.
The distance between adjacent landing points must preclude
the possibility that the troops in them can be simultaneously
destroyed by one atomic explosion.
SECRET APOW
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-118-
SECRET
A division is reinforced normally by amphibious tank units
(sub-units) and is provided with amphibious armored carriers.
290. Naval large units of ships and aviation have the following
missions when a division is executing an amphibious landing:
coast;
--to transport the division by sea and land it on the
--to protect the landing, including tanks crossing under
their own power, from strikes by enemy ships and aircraft during
the embarkation, the sea crossing, the disembarkation, and during
the course of combat on the shore;
--the neutralization and destruction of coastal launching
installations, artillery, strong points and reserves of the enemy
located directly on the coast and deep in the coastal area;
--to clear passages through sea and anti-landing obstacles
in the water;
--to support the division landing and its operations on
shore by naval gunfire and air strikes;
--to ensure amphibious delivery of reinforcements in men
and materiel, and to evacuate the sick and wounded.
291. In order to accomplish the missions of transporting and
making a landing, a landing detachment is created, and one of
the naval large unit commanders is appointed commander. All the
warships and landing ships, as well as the transport and
debarkation means taking part in the landing, are subordinated
to him. The landing detachment commander is responsible for the
embarkation, the sea crossing, and the landing of the troops in
the selected area.
The division commander is normally appointed the landing
commander. From the moment that he receives the order to embark
the troops on the ships to the completion of the landing of the
division main forces on the coast, he is directly subordinate to
the landing detachment commander.
During the sea passage and the landing of the first
echelon, the division commander and a representative of the
aviation detailed to support the division are on the same ship as
the landing detachment commander.
The deputy commander of the landing detachment and the
deputy commander of the landing, together with .:the group of staff
officers, are on another ship.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-119-
~FC'PFT
292. The preparation of the division, naval large units, and
aviation for landing operations includes:
--planning the actions of the landing, the ships of the
landing detachment, and of aviation;
--the preparation of naval debarkation-landing equipment,
of the division weapons, military equipment, and various division
cargoes for the landing, and also of tanks to cross water barriers
under their own power;
--the training of the troops in embarking and disembark-
ing from debarkation-landing craft, and in carrying out combat
perations to capture a coast, taking into consideration the
type of enemy anti-landing defenses in the area of forthcoming
operations;
--the preparation of ships and aircraft for operations
to support the landing during embarkation, the sea passage,
disembarkation, and the course of combat on the shore;
--the training of all commanders and staffs in the
control and effecting of uninterrupted coordination during the
joint operations of the division, large units of ships and
aviation;
--the preparation of measures for combat, navigational-
hydrographic, and other types of support.
293. Planning the operations of the division and the ships
of the landing detachment is conducted on the basis of the
mission assigned by the senior commander.
The commander of the landing detachment works out the
landing plan for the!-ding in collaboration with the division
commander. The plan includes:
--the general purpose of the operations, the front, the
time of the landing, and the missions the landing is to accomplish
on shore;
--the missions to be carried out on orders of the senior
commander by atomic weapons, the destruction and neutralization of
targets within the enemy anti-landing defenses, and also measures
to cover the landing from the sea and against strikes from the air;
--the sectors, points, and sequence of debarkation of
division units and their missions during operations ashore;
--the composition, place, missions, and time of the
airborne landing;
--the time, place (areas) and sequence of concentrating
the division and *he ships of the landing detachment;
JW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-120-
FCPPT
--the distribution of troops among the debarkation-landing
craft, the points, time, and sequence of the embarkation (loading);
--the organization of the formation of the landing detach-
ment and the sequence of its sea crossing;
--the organization of the battle formation of the landing
detachment and the missions of the shops and aircraft in support
of the division landing; the sequence for carrying out artillery
and air preparation and the support of the landing operations
on shore;
--measures for all kinds of support during the
concentration and embarkation, the sea crossing, and the landing;
--the organization of control and con munications during
the landing operations;
--the method of organizing a landing base, and its
defense.
In addition to the plat, a schedule for mutual coordination
is worked out.
On the basis of the landing plan for the landing, confirmed
by the senior commander, the landing detachment commander issues
the combat order for the landing, and the division commander issues
combat orders for embarkation and the route to be followed, for
debarkation, and for carrying out combat operations on the shore,
as well as giving coordination instructions.
294. In order to ensure speed in the landing and to give the
sub-units a high degree of independence, they embark on the
landing ships (transports and warships) together with attached
sub-units of bthex..combat arms in the sequence which corresponds
to the landing plan. Combat equipment is loaded to facilitate
speed of unloading for entry into battle. Cargoes of one type,
including ammunition, are loaded on as many ships as possible.
All the combat equipment for the landing must be prepared for
unloading into water of permissible depths.
For the organized embarkation and maintenance of order
at the embarkation points, commandants of embarkation points are
appointed by order of the landing detachment commander. The
necessary number of officers is detached from the landing troops
to assist them.
For the disposition of troops immediately before the
embarkation (loading), waiting areas are allotted and equipped;
they provide for the dispersal and concealed disposition of the
troops, and also for rapid embarkation (loading).
11M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-121-
~ SECRET
295. In order to achieve concealment of action and to provide
protection for the landing against destruction by enemy atomic
weapons, the embarkation of the troops and the loading of combat
equipment and cargoes, as well as the sea crossing of the landing,
should be conducted with dispersed manner and with due attention
paid to camouflage. For this purpose the crossing of the landing
detachment is normally carried out by several landing detachments
consisting of groups of ships. Each group of ships must transport
not more than one battalion. The sea crossing and disembarkation
of the landing are normally executed at night and in other
conditions of limited visibility.
In addition, in order to achieve surprise in the landing,
measures should be taken to destroy the enemy radiotechnical
and other means of observation, to distract his reconnaissance
in false directions by demonstrative actions and also to take
measures for radio and antiradar camouflage.
296. During the approach to the landing area, the landing
detachment commander, together with the landing commander may,
depending on the situation, alter the landing points in accordance
with the mission given to the landing for its operations on the
shore, and also taking into consideration the speeds and convenience
of the debarkation of the landing.
The final decision as to the landing points is made by
the landing detachment commander.
As the amphibious task force approaches the landing area,
the naval gunfire support ships move to their designated areas
and, on the signal of the landing detachment commander, together
with aviation, begin their shelling and air preparation.
Special ships make paths through minefields and anti-
landing obstacles on the approaches to the landing points.
Passages through anti-landing-obstacles which have been made by
explosives are cleared and widened by obstacle-clearing groups
operating on fast patrol boats.
Amphibious tanks and amphibious armored carriers normally
are unloaded into the water before the arrival of the landing
ships at the landing points, and make for the shore under their own
power. Amphibious tanks and tanks with their own means of floating,
making for the landing area under their own power, are followed by
the landing ships with the first echelon sub-units on board. In
order to insure the rapid seizure of the landing points immediately
before the approach of the landing ships to the shore, part of the
first echelon sub-units may be landed on the shore by helicopter.
The helicopters take off from the ships (transports) and, under
favorable conditions, from coastal airfields (landing strips).
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-122-
ISM SECRET
297. The first echelon sub-units which have landed deploy into
combat formation from the march and, with the support of naval gun
fire and air strikes, switch to the attack and destroy the enemy
troops defending the shore. They exploit to the greatest possible
,egree the results of atomic strikes and airborne landing
operations, and develop their offense in depth.
As soon as the landing force artillery has been unloaded,
it immediately assumes combat formations and supports the combat
operations of the units and sub-units which have landed.
The remaining division units land immediately after
the units of the first echelon. For this purpose the landing
detachment commander takes all measures to expedite the transfer
of units (sub-units) from the transports and warships to the landing
ships and landing craft.
The division commander goes ashore after the landing of
the first echelon units.
298. In the course of combat by division units on shore, the
division commander takes measures to expedite the link up of
captured sectors of the coast into one common bridgehead, to join
up his own troops with the airborne landing, and to prevent or delay
the approach of enemy reserves into the area of combat operations.
299. During the landing combat operations on shore, the naval
and aviation large units provide gunfire and air support for
the division units, protect the landing area from enemy naval and
air strikes, and also prevent the approach of his reserves into
the landing area. Representatives of supporting naval gunfire
large units and aviation units must be located with the division
commander.
When the landing has been completed, the landing detach-
ment ships are employed to provide naval gunfire support for
landing operations on the shore, to protect the landing base from
enemy attacks from the sea; and to support the transportation of
stores and supplies, and evacuation of the sick and wounded.
300. The beach landing base is organized by the naval forces
in order to ensure that the landing on the shore takes place,
to bring in replacements, men and materiel, for the landing, to
evacuate the sick and wounded, and to cover troop embarkation in
ease the landing force is evacuated. The landing base is equipped
with everything necessary for its operation and its defense.
A naval officer is appointed base commander and is
subordinate to the landing detachment commander. If necessary,
ground force sub-units may be detailed for the defense of the base.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-123-
IM-SECRET
301. During an attack along the seacoast and from the depth
of friendly territory to the seacoast, the division (corps)
commander provides for the following, in addition to the normal
considerations:-
--organize coordination with the naval forces detailed
to joint-operations with the troops on the offensive;
--if necessary, the landing of division (corps) sub-units
as an amphibious landing;
--measures to defend the coastline in the rear of the
troops on the offensive, in order to prevent enemy amphibious
landings;
--the forcing of water barriers during the offensive, at
their widest point, and the crossing of marshy areas near the
coast.
302. Naval and aviation large units may be called upon to
accomplish the following missions during a division (corps)
offensive on the seacoast:
--to support the troops on the offensive by destroying
and neutralizing coastal objectives and enemy troops;
units;
--to cover amphibious landings of division (corps) sub-
--to coordinate with the division (corps) in the forcing
of water barriers during the offensive;
--to cover troops of the division (corps) from strikes
by enemy warships and aviation; _
by sea.
--to prevent enemy landings in the division (corps) rear;
--to prevent the evacuation and supply of enemy troops
--to ensure the transport of materiel and the evacuation
of the sick and wounded.
303. For the support of the division (corps), normally, large
units of ships and units of coast artillery and aviation are
assigned their missions by the division (corps) commander. Besides,
the fire of the supporting ships and coast artillery is usually
planned against targets in the enemy defense which cannot be
neutralized by division (corps) means because of the situation.
For coordination between a division (corps) and large
units and units of the navy, the coast artillery, and aviation,
mutual landmarks, coordination signals, mutual recognition signals,
signals for opening, shifting, and ceasing fire, and for methods
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-12I+-
, .SECRET
of target indication, are established.
304. Debarkation of sub-units drawn from the division (corps)
may be carried out for an amphibious landing in order to seize
and hold a key objective or area in the depth of the enemy defense,
to disrupt troop control and the operation of his rear services,
and also for the capture of islands located near the coast.
Debarkation of an amphibious landing is carried out from
landing craft of the navy and self-propelled crossing means
of the division (corps). All ships, landing craft, and also
amphibious tanks are united into a landing detachment. A naval
officer normally is appointed commander of the detachment, and
he is subordinate to the division (corps) commander.
Support for the sea crossing, the debarkation, and the
amphibious landing operations ashore is provided by the naval
forces, and by the division (corps) and aviation means of neutraliza-
tion.
12. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE IN WINTER
305. Snow cover and heavy frosts have a significant influence
on troop operations.
Deep snow cover impedes the maneuver of troops, grozen
ground hinders the rapid creation of cover for the troops, frost
makes water barriers and marshes passable, but complicates the
use of weapons and equipment and their maintenance in combat
readiness. The short days also influence troop operations in winter.
Winter increases the importance of inhabited places and
woods as protection against the cold. It also complicates the
conduct of sanitary processing of personnel and decontamination,
degassing, and disinfection of weapons, combat, and other equipment.
Proper consideration of these features and implementation
of timely measures permit successful offensive operations to be
conducted in winter, too.
306. The long winter nights, snowfalls, snowstorms, fogs,
and heavy frosts assist surprise operations and the execution
of close and deep envelopments of the enemy. In these conditions
it is possible to defeat and destroy the enemy even with smaller
forces.
Of particular importance for a successful offensive in
winter are operations designed to harass the enemy by destroying
inhabited places which he occupies with artillery fire and air
strikes.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-125-
SFCPFT
307. When organizing a breakthrough of a prepared defensive
position in winter, in addition to the normal measures, it is
essential to prepare in advance heated shelters in the troop
deployment areas to warm the personnel, to carry out measures to
maintain combat readiness of weapons, combat, and other equipment,
to improve the cross-country mobility of wheeled and tracked
vehicles and artillery, to organize assistance for them during
displacement, to clear roads and prepare march routes, and to
bring the rear units and sub-units closer to the troops.
308. A breakthrough of the enemy defense in winter in the
presence of deep snow cover is best begun by troops located in
direct contact with the enemy.
In the presence of deep snow cover shifting of fire
attains great importance in artillery operations.
In the depth of the enemy defense, close and deep
envelopments of strong points should be effected by sub-units on
skis or mounted on vehicles with increased cross-country mobility.
The security of the flanks of the troops on the offensive
and in pursuit of the enemy is achieved by detachments of ski troops
or by sub-units (units) mounted on vehicles with increased cross-
country mobility, reinforced by antitank. weapons and engineer
troop sub-units.
309. Peculiarities of engineer support for an attack in winter
are: making passageways through snow and 'ice, obstacles and through
conventional obstacles covered by snow; the continuous maintenance
of roads and march routes in passable condition and also the
building of winter roads cross-country; the establishment and
maintenance of crossings of water barriers over the ice; and the
construction of heated supply points for water.
During enginee+ preparation of an area that has frozen
ground, the troops use explosives and mechanical equipment.
310. Medical aid points are brought up near the combat troop..
formations. Measures are taken to evacuate the wounded from the
battlefield as rapidly as possible. Along the evacuation routes
points are set up where the sick and wounded can be warmed and
fed.
311. When organizing the offensive during a thaw, the following
are taken into consideration: measures to support troop movement
through marshy areas and to improve the cross-country ability of
vehicles and artillery; the timely creation in units and sub-units
of additional reserves of ammunition, fuel, lubricants, rations,
and forage; the use of animal-drawn and pack transport to bring up
supplies; the organization of the receipt of materiel from aircraft
(helicopters), and also the timely repair of difficult sections
of the road or the building of march routes.
MOM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-126-
SECRET
13. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE
A FOREST
312. Forests make the preparation of a departure position for
an offensive simpler, favor the troops in concealed approach
and deployment, lessen the effect of light radiation and the
destructive radius of an atomic burst shockwave.
At the same time, forests make observation more difficult
and hinder orientation, target indication, adjustment of fire, and
precision bombing. Forests allow the enemy to make wide use of
timber obstacles in combination with mine-explosive and other
barriers, increase the likelihood of forest fires, particularly as
a result of atomic bursts, and of more prolonged contamination
of the air and ground.
In forests the mass employment of tanks, cross-country
use of armored personnel carriers (vehicles, prime movers) for
moving troops, and maneuver by combat formations are made more
difficult. Control, and particularly coordination, is complicated
and the speed of the troop advance is reduced. For this reason
the depth of the missions given to units and large units may be
less.
313. In forests, particularly in marshy areas, the offensive
is developed mainly in separate directions, primarily along
roads, forest lanes, and clearings. At the same time, close and
deep envelopments passing through poorly accessible areas are
used extensively in forests, in order to capture road junctions and
to strike at the flank and rear of the enemy. Accumulation of
troops on roads and forest lanes should be avoided.
During an offensive against an enemy who is defending
the edge of a forest, outlying parts of the forest are captured
first.
314. An offensive in a forest demands a deeper troop formation
and positively requires designation of a combined-arms reserve.
Reconnaissance and flank security must be given particular
attention. Reserves are deployed nearer to road junctions and
crossroads.
A high degree of independence should be given to units
and sub-units operating in a forest.
315. Atomic strikes should be delivered to destroy important
strong points and defensive structures, especially those situated
at road junctions, and also to destroy the enemy troops in their
deployment areas and on forest roads.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-127-
!'` SECRET
316. During an offensive in a forest, the bulk of the artillery
is attached to units and sub-units, and is extensively used for
direct-laying fire. Great significance is attained by mortar
and howitzer artillery fire, from which artillery groups, for the
most part, are formed.
Particular attention is given to antiaircraft defense
of the troops attacking along roads, forest lanes, across clearings,
and when entering or leaving the forest.
317 Tank units (large units) normally are employed in forest
operations in the second echelons, and are committed to combat to
exploit success achieved in directions where they can be used.
infantry direct-support tanks are normally attached to
companies, and attack as part of their combat formation, mainly
along roads and forest lanes.
316. Aircraft, operating according to the senior commander's
plan, complements the limited possibilities of the artillery in
neutralizing the enemy in the depth of his defense.
In air operations against troops deployed in large forest
areas, the greatest results are obtained by employing means to
create forest fires and tree obstacles.
319. Peculiarities of engineer support of an offensive in a
forest are reconnaissance of forest passability in the zone of
the offensive, of march routes prepared by the enemy, the
construction, where necessary, in the offensive departure area
of fire trenches, communication trenches, and trenches with
parapets, the creation of paths through forest obstacles, the
repair and restoration of forest roads, their concealment, and
equipping them with signs and markers, and to screen important
road crossings and sections of the road on the flanks of the
attacking troops with obstacles.
320. During the organization of an offensive, particular
attention should be paid to troop preparation to overcome various
kinds of barriers quickly, to clear log obstacles, and to eliminate
sources of fires. They should also prepare to carry out timely
reconnaissance and degassing (disinfection) at road junctions,
in areas of corduroy roads, and of bridges.
321. The conditions of limited visibility require that the
command posts be closer to the troops and that their security
be reinforced, that there be more frequent reports and information
about the situation, and that special orientation measures be
taken to establish troop location and maintain the correct
direct'"ien of movement.
'MM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-128-
RFC
Clearly visible signs indicating the whereabouts of given
points and directions to inhabited places are set up on roads,
in clearings, and along forest lanes in accordance with the move-
ment of the troops. Signals are also established to indicate the
position of friendly sub-units (units) and, if necessary, guides
are trained.
322. When the enemy main line of resistance has been
penetrated, it is essential to exploit the attack rapidly in
depth and, making wide use of close and deep envelopments, not
to allow the enemy to withdraw and take up defensive positions
on new terrain features.
In order to negotiate large forest areas rapidly and
to deny the enemy seizure of important areas during the attack,
airborne landings may be made.
When the enemy main line of resistance has been penetrated,
it is essential to send out reconaissance parties in the direction
of the deployment areas of the enemy reserves in order to establish
their composition and the direction of their operations.
Sectors of the forest which have been passed through are
consolidated on the flanks; for this purpose the necessary forces
and weapons are left on the most important routes and road junctions.
14. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE
IN MOUNTAINS
323. The following factors influence troop combat operations
in mountains:
--the limited number of roads and the difficulty of
cross-country movement;
--the abundance of dead space and concealed approaches;
--orientation difficulties;
--the peculiarities of mountain climate;
--mountain rivers with their swift currents and sharp
and frequent fluctuations in water level;
--the shielding effect of mountains on the operation of
radio and radar sets and sound-ranging equipment;
--the difficulty of carrying out engineering works and
limitation on the use of engineering equipment;
--rock falls, obstructions, and snow avalanches created
by atomic bursts;
00 ~_Mftw
ANW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-129-
+ SECRET
--the possibility that poisonous substances will persist
for a long time in gorges and deep valleys.
In addition, fuel consumption increases during movement:;
in mountainous terrain, and engine power decreases at high
altitudes.
324. The uninterrupted development of the offensive at high
speed in mountains requires, apart from the normal measures, the
following:
--the extensive employment of airborne landings for the
seizure of mountain passes (passages) and other points of tactical
importance;
--the timely organization and systematic execution of
countermeasures to prevent the enemy from setting up obstacles
and carrying out demolitions;
--decisive and bold maneuvers against the enemy flank
and rear;
--bold operations carried out with great initiative by
sub-units and enveloping detachments, particularly at night and
in conditions of limited visibility.
325. A breakthrough of the enemy defense in a mountainous
area is normally carried out along valleys and mountain roads
in _coordination with a close or deep envelopment over the
mountains. During close and deep envelopments, passes, mountain
gaps, commanding heights, and road junctions on the flanks and
in the rear of the enemy are seized. For operations in the gaps
between the main axes, small detachments are sent out, reinforced
by light guns and mortars, ready for rapid and bold operations under
terrain conditions where access and movement are difficult.
In order to seize enemy-defended mountain passes (gaps),
it is advantageous to capture the commanding heights surrounding
them first, and then the pass is seized by striking at the enemy
flank and rear.
In places where access to the commaadi4g heights adjacent
to the mountain passes (passages) is difficult, the capture of
the mountain pass (passage) is carried out by a frontal attack,
and the adjacent heights are then captured by a flank attack
after the seizure of the mountain passes (passages).
326. When conducting combat operations in-.,mountainous area,
the initial grouping of forces and equipment is of great importance
along those axes where it is difficult to alter groupings in the
course of combat.
4M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-130-
SECRET
The combat formation of large units and units advancing
along roads and narrow valleys is organized in greater depth.
Units and large units operating in separate directions
must be granted a high degree of independence. Helicopters may
be used to supply them with weapons, combat equipment, ammunition,
and other materiel needs.
Flank security against enemy counterattacks and flanking
fire is achieved by detailing forces to seize the heights or slopes
located on the flanks of the attacking large units (units) by
neutralizing the enemy on them, by deploying reserves behind
the flanks, and also by organizing the proper artillery fire.
327. Tanks are used mainly along roads, valleys, river beds,
and other directions accessible to them. They operate in close
coordination with rifle sub-units. It may be expedient to bring
part of the tanks on to the ridges to operate jointly with rifle
sub-units along them and for the capture of passes.
The tank regiment of a motorized-rifle division normally
is employed in the second echelon and is committed to combat
after the first echelon has come out into a broad valley or
plateau.
328. Tank-destroyer artillery and also separate platoons
and batteries of division artillery are attached to the sub-units
and operate within their combat formations.
The sub-units, operating independently in areas to which
access is often difficult, normally have recoilles guns, mortars,
and sub-units of engineer and chemical troops attached to them.
Particularly important meaning is attained by individual
guns and batteries which have been brought up to commanding
heights.
Regimental artillery groups of greater strength are
formed and consist primarily of howitzer and mortar artillery.
Division and corps artillery groups are formed if the terrain
permits their employment.
In addition to their normal tasks, regimental artillery
groups must conduct counterbattery and countermortar fire against
the enemy.
When employing artillery in mountainous terrain, the
shifting of fire takes on great importance.
329. It is advantageous to commit a division of the second
echelon to combat in one direction after the first echelon division
has come out into a broad valley or onto a plateau. In individual
cases a division of the second echelon may be committed to combat
in several unrelated directions which link up in a broad valley
or plateau.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-131-
"'SECRET
330. Aviation is used to destroy the enemy in areas not
accessible to artillery, in gorges and ravines, and also to create
obstacles in the depth of the enemy defense in order to restrict
the maneuver of his reserves. The enemy reserves are normally
neutralized when they pass through gorges and ravines.
The employment of aircraft attains great importance
for adjusting artillery fire, for observation of the battlefield,
and for the. maintenance of communications.
Aircraft, particularly helicopters, are employed extensively
to deliver various types of supplies to units operating in
separate directions and in high mountain areas.
331. It is expedient to employ atomic and chemical weapons
for the destruction and defeat of enemy troops when they are
crossing mountain-rivers and other difficult places. Atomic
strikes may be delivered in order to destroy passes and to create
obstacles in gorges and ravines. In these circumstances, it is
essential to take into consideration the difficulties created by
atomic bursts for an attack by friendly troops.
332. A mountain-rifle division is normally used in the.
most important and inaccessible directions for the following
purposes:
--deep and close envelopments of the flanks of separate
enemy groupings;
--to appear on routes parallel to the enemy withdrawal
route and to penetrate boldly into his rear in order to seize passes,
passages, and road junctions, to surround and destroy separate
enemy formations piecemeal in conjunction with airborne assaults
and with troops attacking frontally;
--to combat enemy airborne landings;
--to secure the flanks of the friendly strike grouping.
333. Peculiarities of engineer support of an offensive in
mountains are:
--the construction, in the departure area for the offensive,
of trenches, communication trenches, and trenches of the parapet
type;
--the adaptation of caves and other natural shelters to
protect troops and control points against weapons of mass
destruction, and also the construction of shelters in the steep
slopes of mountains by the use of explosives and mechanical tools;
--the preparation of mountain routes with passing places
in narrow sectors, and their maintenance at sharp corners, upgrades,
and downgrades;
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-132-
I SECRET
--the construction of waiting areas and points for combat
equipment and transport before sections of the road which are
difficult to transit;
--the construction of special bridges (crossings) and
cable bridges across mountain rivers and ravines (canyons);
--the creation of routes through enemy demolitions and
obstacles, and the clearing of rock and snow slides in the
paths of movement of the troops, particularly after atomic
bursts;
--the creation and maintenance of water supply points.
334. Because of the special importance of roads, a movement
protection detachment is allotted for each independent march
route.
Clearly visible signs marking the location of a given
point and directions to inhabited places are set up on roads,
footpaths, and mountain passes, and a commandant's service is
organized.
In order to protect supply and evacuation routes, it is
essential to allot small garrisons, reinforced by separate guns,
tanks, mortars and engineer and chemical troop sub-units with the
necessary resources, for road junctions, forks in valleys, and for
key highway installations.
335. During an offensive in mountains, special attention is
devoted to antiaircraft defense and combat with enemy airborne
landings. Also significant is troop protection against weapons
of mass destruction at passes, mountain passages, crossings over
mountain rivers, in ravines, and at road junctions.
336. Observation difficulties and rapidly changing conditions
in the mountains bring about the need to organize a dense network
of observation points and posts. Of particular importance is the
organization of reconnaissance of passes, ravines, gorges,
commanding heights, valleys, and roads, and also the establishment
of commandant's service at passes, road junctions and one-lane
portions of the road.
Forward command posts of large units must be more restricted
in their makeup and be highly mobile in these terrain conditions.
In order to increase the mobility of control points,
helicopters equipped with special means of communication may be used.
337. The special features of materiel, technical, and medical
support in a mountainous area are:
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 --the use of helicopters, suspension cable roads and
suspension bridges, animal transport, and teams of porters for
transport and evacuation;
-133-
F SECRET
routes;
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
--the equipment of technical servicing points on movement
--supplying the troops with equipment and gear that will
enable them to negotiate steep ascents, descents, cliffs, glaciers,
and snow, and with the means of keeping them warm; preparing
improvised mountaineering equipment and gear to the forces of the
troops;
--moving rear service units (sub-units) nearer to the
front line, and the setting up of additional points where the
sick and wounded can be warmed and fed.
15. PECULIARITIES OF AN OFFENSIVE
DESERT
338. During an offensive in desert and steppe areas it is
essential to take into consideration:
--because of the formation of dust, the possibility of
stronger and more lasting contamination of the air and the ground
by radioactive substances and their spread with the moving sand;
--the absence of water and fuel over great distances;
--the possibility of moving without roads;
--the almost complete absence of inhabited places and
local resources;
--the difficulty of concealment and orientation;
--the great variation in temperature in a 24-hour period,
and the wind, which forms sand haze. This impedes observation,
conduct of fire, and the landing of aircraft (helicopters);
--the harmful effect which sand and dust have on the
performance of motors and the running gear of vehicles, and also
on weapons and other technical equipment;
--the presence of salt lakes and salt marshes.
339. During an offensive in desert and steppe areas, all troop
arms may be used, but the most effective in operation are tank
troops in coordination with aircraft, airborne landings, and troops
transported by air. An offensive in deserts and steppe areas
normally is carried out in separate directions.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-131k-
SECRET
Troop strengths and composition for operations in
separate directions are determined by the combat mission and
the possibility of supporting them materially and technically,
primarily with water, fuel, and lubricants.
340. The possibility of cross-country movement in desert and
steppe areas allows very wide maneuvers to be executed and permits
the seizure of particularly important objectives in the depth of
the defense (sources of water, bases, and inhabited places). As
a rule, it allows the main strike to be made against the enemy
flank and rear, primarily by tank forces. Tank forces, using
their mobility, penetrate swiftly and deeply into the enemy rear
in order to break him up and destroy him piecemeal.
When organizing the combat formation-i_it is essential
to give particular attention to the security of open flanks. This
is achieved by deploying strong second echelon and reserve forces
behind them ready to repulse the enemy attack by vigorous operations.
The troops must carry out reconnaissance on a broad front
and in great depth, and also organize all-round protection. Anti-
aircraft defense and the protection of troops against destruction
by atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction have great
s ignif icance.
341. Aviation, in addition to fulfilling its normal missions,
may be brought in to destroy troops massed at oases and at water
sources, to destroy depots, oil pipelines, and enemy water supply
points. It may be employed to deliver water, rations, and other
supplies to friendly troops, and also to evacuate the sick and
wounded. It is of particularly vital importance to conduct
continuous aerial reconnaissance.
342. Atomic and chemical weapons are employed to destroy enemy
troops, particularly when they are concentrated in inhabited
places, oases, and it sources of water and reservoirs, his reserves
when moving against the flanks of our troops, aircraft on airfields,
and materiel.
343. The peculiarities of engineer support for an offensive in
desert and steppe areas are:
--the setting up of routes for the cross-country movement
of troops, marking them with stable and clearly visible signs, and
the establishment of additional landmarks;
--the setting up and maintenance of water supply points
for the troops and intermediate water distribution points;
--the execution of concealment measures for troops, military
equipment, and transport, in accordance with the characteristics
of the terrain and the steppe vegetation.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-135-
Oft
344.. When organizing materiel and technical support, it is
essential to consider the special importance of fuel and water
transport, and to establish strict control over their consumption
norms,
In connection with the lengthening of the ground
transportation routes, thesstrain on motor transport and
consumption of fuel increase. Particular attention must be paid
to providing vehicle motors with reserve filters, and supplying
the vehicles with equipment which will improve their cross-country
ability.
During deep penetrations into the desert or the steppe,
intermediate depots and water supply points are set up and their
security and defense are organized.
Particular attention is paid to the discovery of water
and fuel sources. Sources of water undergo careful inspection
and purification.
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-136-
SECRET
345. Defense is intended to repel an attack by superior enemy
forces, to inflict significant losses on them, to hold positions
which have been occupied, and in this way to create favorable
conditions for going over to a decisive offensive.
Defense makes it possible to gain time, to economize
in manpower and equipment in some directions, and create
conditions for going over to the offensive in others.
The mass use of atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction by the defending troops allows them to break up
the enemy offensive by inflicting destruction on his main groupings
in their concentration and deployment areas for the offensive,
and to go quickly from defense to offense.
The defensive may be assumed when in direct contact
with the enemy or when contact does not exist, and may be adopted
hastily or deliberately.
During an offensive, troops may assume the defensive in
order to consolidate positions and objectives which have been
captured, to repel counterattacks or counterthrusts by superior
enemy forces, and to secure the flanks of attacking groupings.
Defense is also used to cover a troop withdrawal.
346. Defense must be stubborn and aggressive, and able to
withstand massed strikes by enemy atomic and chemical weapons,
aviation, pilotless weapons and artillery, to repel enemy tank
and infantry attacks, to prevent the landing and operations
of airborne forces and, if the enemy has driven a wedge into the
defensive position, to eliminate it. This is achieved by:
--deep and varied combat formations, positions and
defense zones, skillful use of terrain, its engineer improve-
ments, and careful concealment;
--firmness and tenacity on the part of the troops in defense,
dispersed and concealed deployment of forces and equipment, their
broad maneuver in decisive directions, and the execution of
determined counterattacks (counterthrusts);
--the skillful organization of the fire system, primarily
antitank fire, and the destruction of the enemy at the distant
approaches to the defensive position, in front of the main line
of resistance, and in the depth of the defense;
--effective and uninterrupted cover of troops and installations
from enemy air strikes;
OW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-137-
SECRET
--the timely discovery of enemy preparations for an
offensive and his plan of operations;
--the delivery of preemptive strikes against the enemy,
using atomic and chemical weapons;
--the timely discovery and immediate destruction of enemy
means of mass destruction;
--forcing one's own will on the enemy and creating unsuitable
conditions of battle for him;
--skillful control of troops, the timely organization and
uninterrupted maintenance of coordination, and all-round support
for the combat operations of the troops.
The organization of the defense should ensure intensifica-
tion of resistance and be capable of holding up the attacking
enemy and of creating conditions for his destruction by all types
of fire and by counterattacks.
The defending troops have no right to leave positions
which they have occupied, and withdraw, without an order from the
senior commander. They should be able to operate without tactical
communications between them, and in encirclement.
347. Atomic and chemical weapons are used in defense against
the most important enemy groupings and targets during his
preparations for the offensive, during counter-preparations, and
during the battle for the destruction of an enemy who has
penetrated into the defensive positions, the destruction of his
second echelons and reserves, and to support counterattacks
(counterthrusts) of friendly troops.
348. The system of fire in defense is organized on the basis
of coordination of fires of all types of weapons, and atomic and
air strikes. It must ensure:
--the destruction of enemy atomic weapons and other means
of mass destruction as they are discovered,the destruction of
his troops in their assembly areas, on moving out, and in their
areas of deployment for the offensive;
--support for forward detachments and combat security;
--repelling of massed attacks by enemy tanks and infantry
and the annihilation of his airborne troops;
--the cover by fire of unoccupied gaps, open flanks, and
limiting points;
--the cover by fire of engineer obstacles and areas that
were subjected to enemy atomic strikes;
~ SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-138-
SECRET
--the destruction of enemy aircraft on the approaches to
the defense and overhead;
--support for the troops during counterattacks and
counterthrusts;
--possibility for concentrating massed fire quickly on any
threatened direction or sector of the defense.
In order to ensure substantial survival of firing means,
they are deployed well concealed and dispersed laterally and
in depth and some of them are emplaced on the reverse slopes of
hills.
All firing means should be ready for broad maneuver,
and to fire at night and in other conditions of limited visibility.
349. A division (corps) in defense is assigned a defense zone
(polosa); a regiment is assigned a defense sector (uc asto ;
a battalion is assigned a defense area (rayon).
The width of a defense front and its depth are decided
by the large unit mission, its composition, and the nature of the
terrain.
In defense in the main direction, the width of a division
defensive frontage may be up to 12 to 20 kilometers, and a
regimental sector up to 6 to 10 kilometers.
When defending terrain which is not accessible throughout
for troop operations, when there is a general shortage of forces
and equipment, during a withdrawal, during the defense of a coastal
area, and also during the defense of the first zone, when the main
body of the defending troops is concentrated in the depth, a
division defensive front may be as great as 30 kilometers or more,
and a regimental sector up to 15 kilometers.
350. A motorized-rifle division in defense may be in the first
or second echelon of an army (corps) or in reserve.
A tank (heavy tank) division is used as a rule in the
second echelon (reserve) to execute counterattacks (counterthrusts).
In individual cases a tank division may be used in the defense of
the most important direction and in the first echelon.
A heavy tank division is mainly intended for the destruction
of a main enemy tank grouping which has driven a wedge into the
defensive position.
A division of the first echelon organizes its defense
within the limits of the first defensive zone.
SM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-139-
M SECRET
A division of the second echelon may take up a defensive
position in the second defensive zone or may be deployed well
dispersed in the second zone or behind it, in readiness to execute
counterattacks (to take part in a counterthrust) or to take up a
defensive position in a given zone.
A division in reserve is deployed in a dispersed manner
in the depth of the army's defense, in one of its defensive zones
or behind it, and prepares the area for the concealed deployment
of its units.
A corps normally organizes its defense within the limits
of two defensive zones.
351. A divisional defensive zone includes several positions,
switch positions, areas of artillery firing positions, positions
of sub-units and units of antiaircraft defense, positions of
antitank areas, and disposition areas and lines of deployment
for the second echelon and reserves of the division. The depth of
the defensive zone may be up to 10 to 15 kilometers.
The basis of each position is a battalion, and in some
cases, company, defense areas between which gaps are established
to decrease losses from enemy atomic strikes. The defense areas
are equipped with firing trenches, communication trenches,
trenches, defensive structures for different purposes, covered
positions and concealed firing points. They must be adapted for
all-round defense, and must be linked together along the front
by firiajgtrenches and in depth by communication trenches, and their
fire must be coordinated.
The gaps between the defense areas must be covered by
effective fire of antitank weapons and machine guns, and also by
artillery fire from the depth. They may be occupied by small
sub-units and supplemented by fire means, dummy firing trenches
and other structures, as well as obstacles.
The firing trenches and communication trenches must
ensure the troops firing convenience, concealed deployment of
personnel and fire means, rapid and concealed maneuver, and also
hinder the enemy in his attempts to discover the disposition of
the combat formation and system of fire.
The distance between positions is determined by terrain
conditions and has to exclude simultaneous destruction of troops,
deployed in two adjacent positions, by one atomic bomb (shell) of
medium yield.
When defending on terrain not everywhere accessible for
troop activities, and when there is a shortage of forces and
equipment, the defense is normally based on the holding of separate
areas of the terrain which are tactically valuable and which intersect
the most important directions, coupled with counterattacks from the
depth.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
The distance between the defensive zones is determined
by the characteristics of the area and other conditions.
In order to deceive theeenemy, it is essential to
avoid constructing stereotyped defenses and to create reserve
and dummy troop deployment areas, firing positions, and defensive
works for different purposes. Defensive zones and positions are
chosen where possible behind natural antitank obstacles, in order
to ensure good observation of the enemy, the conduct of fire
in front of the entire main line of resistance, on the flanks
and at limiting points; and to ensure the concealed deployment of
the troops and their maneuver along the front and in depth.
The main line of resistance of the position may run
along slopes facing the enemy, along ridges of heights, and
along reverse slopes.
The terrain in front of the defensive zone and positions
should make it more difficult for the enemy to observe, choose
firing positions for his artillery, and secretly concentrate and
deploy his troops for an offensive.
Between the defense zones and the positions, switch
positions, the positions of antitank areas, lines for deployment
of second echelons and reserves, and firing positions for the
artillery, are prepared and obstacles are set up. In addition,
intermediate positions are prepared between the defense zones.
Switch positions are intended to prevent an enemy'who
has broken in from spreading toward the flanks, and are used by
the troops as deployment lines for counterattacks.
The forward edge of the defensive zones, the intermediate
positions between them, and the antitank areas of the large units
usually are designated by the army commander and defined in
greater detail locally by the division (corps) commander.
The number of positions in a defensive zone, their trace,
their limiting points with positions of adjacent units, and the
regimental antitank areas are determined by the division commander.
352. A division of the first echelon may, depending on the
situation, concentrate its main efforts on holding the first or
successive positions located in the depth.
A corps may concentrate its efforts on holding the first
or second defensive zone.
When concentrating the main efforts on holding the first
zone, the latter is formed with the purpose of halting the enemy
tanks and infantry attack, to defeat them, and to force him to
abandon a further offensive. In this case, the second defensive
zone is established in order to prevent deep penetration by the
~r. SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-l4l-
SECRET
enemy tanks and infantry which have broken through the first zone,
to inflict the greatest possible losses on them, and to cover
the deployment of troops for counterattacks (counterthrusts).
When the main effort is concentrated on holding the
second zone, the function of the first defensive zone is to force
the enemy to deploy his main forces for a breakthrough of the
first zone, and to inflict the greatest possible losses on him.
The second defensive zone in these circumstances is intended for
the decisive defeat of an enemy who has broken into the defensive
position and to break up his further offensive.
The concentration of the main efforts in defense is
achieved by deploying troops in areas which ensure stablility of
defense in decisive directions,by maneuver of forces and equipment
from the depth and from sectors which have not been attacked,
and particularly by massing fire of all types of weapons on these
directions.
353. T e syptem of engineer obstacles is coupled with the fire
plan so as not to hinder vigorous operations by friendly troops.
Antitank obstacles are set up with the greatest possible
density along directions subject to tank approach. In directions
where maneuver and counterattack are anticipated, remote-controlled
explosive mine barriers are set up, and in uncontrolled minefields
passages are left which can be closed quickly.
354. In cases when the main efforts are concentrated on holding
the first defensive zone, a security zone up to 25 kilometers in
depth may be established in front of i .
A security zone is defended by forward detachments. The
mission pf forward detachments is to delay the enemy offensive,
to force him to deploy and attack in a direction disadvantageous
for him, to expose enemy groupings and intentions, and to cover
friendly troops from enemy surprise thrusts. Forward detachments
cover the most important approaches. They are composed of
reinforced motorized-rifle and tank sub-units and units sent
out from the second echelons of the divisions or from divisions
of the second echelon of the army (corps).
The forward detachments are supported by artillery drawn
from the main forces and by aviation. Engineer improvement in a
security zone includes the extensive use of obstacles, whose
density increases as they approach the forward edge of the first
defensive zone.
The control of the forward detachments is the responsibility
of the commanders of the first echelon divisions or is carried out
directly by the senior commander.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-11+2-
SECRET
When the main efforts of the division are concentrated
on holding the first position of the defensive zone, a forward
position may be set up in front of its main line of resin a'nce
on separate directions. Its purpose is to deceive the enemy
concerning the trace of the main line of defense, and to force him
to deploy his forces prematurely.
For the defense of a forward position, reinforced rifle
(tank) sub-units are allocated from the composition of second
echelons of regiments.
The operations of the sub-units defending a forward
position are supported by artillery add mortar fire from the
first defensive zone.
The forward position,isroutf fitted, from the engineering
standpoint, in such a way that it does not differ from other
positions of the defensive zone.
When there is a security zone, the forward position is
its final position. Forward detachments which defend the security
zone withdraw into the forward position and occupy sectors in it
which are not held by the sub-units designated for its defense.
In order to protect the first position from a surprise
enemy attack and to prevent the enemy from carrying out reconnaissance,
a combat security force is sent out by the battalions of the first
ec eon. when the troops are in direct contact with the enemy,
these missions fall on the sub-units deployed on the main line of
resistance.
355. The combat formation of a division (corps) during the
defense of the main direction normally forms in two echelons.
The tank regiment of a motorized-rifle division is usually
used in the second echelon in order to execute counterattacks or
to take up defensive positions in important directions.
The motorized-rifle regiment of a tank division, upon
assuming the defensive, is normally used at full strength in the
first echelon. If necessary, part of the sub-units of the
motorized-rifle regiment may be attached to tank regiments on the
defensive in the first echelon. In defense, a heavy tank regiment
is employed, as a rule, in the second echelon to execute counter-
attacks or to repel enemy tank attacks by firing in place from
prepared lines. Occasionally it may be used for defense in the
first echelon.
When there is a general shortage of forces, the combat
formation of the division (corps) may consist of one echelon and
reserves.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-1l3-
IM SECRET
356. The following types of artillery groups are formed in
defense: regimental, division (corps), and army.
Regimental artillery groups in divisions of the first
echelon are formed in regiments of the first echelon, on the
defensive in the main direction. When these divisions have been
sufficiently reinforced with artillery, regimental groups are
formed in the remaining regiments, including the regiments of
the second echelon.
Division artillery groups are formed in divisions of the
first eche on.
In divisions of the second echelon, division and regimental
artillery groups are normally formed before the divisions are
committed to combat.
In cases when the main efforts are concentrated on the
second defensive zone, divisional artillery groups are formed in
the divisions which are defending this zone. Regimental artillery
groups are formed in the first echelon regiments of these divisions.
Where necessary, part of the artillery of a second
echelon division may be employed in battle for the first defensive
zone, firing from temporary positions.
A corps (army) artillery group is formed when sufficient
artillery is available, and is employed in the main direction.
In an army (corps), in addition, a special artillery group
may be formed, and the divisions of the first echelon may be
reinforced by artillery sub-units using atomic ammunition.
357. The antiaircraft defense of the division (corps) is
conducted for the entire depth of the defensive formation,
employing the main forces of the antiaircraft troops to cover
its main groupings.
When the;amain efforts are concentrated on the defense of
the first zone, antiaircraft artillery is usually attached to the
divisions defending this zone.
When the main efforts of the troops are concentrated on
defending the second defensive zone, the divisions defending the
first zone are protected by their organic antiaircraft artillery.
358. In order to deceive the enemy and to reduce the effective-
ness of his atomic strikes in the defense, the areas of deployment
of the second echelons, reserves, artillery, and command posts are
changed periodically.
Changes in deployment areas and changes in combat formations
should be carried out, as a rule, during the hours of darkness or
when visibility is poor, paying the strictest attention to
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-144-
SECRET
concealment in accordance with the intended plan of battle and
with the permission of the senior commander,
2. THE ORGANIZATION OF DEFENSE
359. When organizing a defense, it is essential to give the
troops as much time as possible, to ensure their timely occupation
of the defensive positions, and their constant readiness to repel
the enemy offensive.
When going over to the defensive under enemy influence,
the commander of a division (corps) must first take measures to
consolidate the occupied positions, to organize the fire plan,
particularly antitank, and the protection of troops from atomic
weapons.
After that, on the basis of decisions already taken, the
necessary changes in combat formations are made and the defense
is organized on general foundations.
360. The basis of the decision of the division (corps)
commander for defense is his selection of those areas of terrain
whose retention is essential to the stability of the whole defense,
the proper grouping of forces and equipment, and the characteristics
of their maneuver in the course of combat.
361. Reconnaissance by the division (corps) commander is
carried out in or er o gain more exact information locally about:
--possible departure areas which the enemy may use for
the offensive, and the most likely directions for the offensive
by his main forces, particularly his tank troops;
--the areas whose retention is vital to the stability of
the defensive as a whole, and the protective features of the
terrain as far as atomic weapons are concerned;
--the most expedient organization of the combat formation;
--the trace of the forward edge of the defensive zone and
positions, the antitank areas, the lines for deploying the antitank
reserves, the lines for mine-laying by the mobile obstacle-placing
detachment, and the deployment areas of the second echelons and
reserves;
--the type and order of engineer work to improve the defensive
zone (zones) and the setting up of a system of obstacles;
--the fire system and the main areas for artillery firing
positions;
--the missions of aviation and the targets against which
it is to operate if it is supporting the division (corps);
IM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-145-
SECRET
--the areas and targets for destroying the enemy with atomic
and chemical weapons;
--measures to cover gaps, limiting points, and flanks, and
for combating enemy airborne landings;
--the direction of counterattacks and-the- maneuver of the
second echelons and reserves, and also their deployment areas,
and movement routes up to them;
--measures to assist troop operations at night and in
conditions of limited visibility;
--control point sites.
362. When assigning combat missions, the division (corps)
commander repor s the latest information about the enemy, the
division (corps) mission, his plan, the trace of the forward edge
of the defensive zone and positions, the missions of adjacent units,
the way atomic weapons are to be empldyed, and then indicates:
--to the regiments (divisions) of the first echelon, their
means of reinforcement, their missions, the defense sectors (zones),
the areas or in what directions they must concentrate their main
efforts;
--to the regiments (divisions) of the second echelon, the
means of reinforcement, the missions, the defense sectors (zones)
or disposition areas, the direction for counterattacks, lines of
deployment and movement routes up to them, and also the order in
which counterattacks should be supported by first echelon troops;
--to the artillery, their missions, the composition of
artillery groups, the time at which they should be ready to open
fire, aid the order of bringing it in to carry out counterprepara-
tions;
--to the antitank area%positions, composition, and missions;
--to the reserves and the mobile obstacle-placing detachment-
the composition, missions, disposition areas and lines of deployment
(areas to be mined);
--to antiaircraft defense units-objectives to be defended
by antiaircraft artillery, the composition of the antiaircraft
artillery group, and the time at which they have to be ready;
--the forces and equipment designated to counter enemy airborne
landings, and their missions;
--the type and order of engineer preparation of positions and
of the defense zone*;
M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-146-
JM SECRET
--the responsible commanders and missions to secure flanks,
limiting points, and gaps;
--the time limits for assuming the defensive and the
readiness of the fire system;
--the sites of command posts and the time at which they should
be dep-ILoyodj ;
--the main line of resistance of the security zone and the
forward position (if they are being set up), the forces and equip-
ment assigned for their defense, and engineers' preparation.
363. Coordination in defense is organized for the entire
depth of the defense by directions and for the following missions:
--to prevent the approach of the enemy and to break up the
offensive that he is preparing;
--to retain the security zone and forward position (if they
are established);
--to repel the enemy offensive in front of the main line of
resistance;
--to destroy an enemy who has penetrated into the defense,
Coordination is achieved by the joint efforts of:
--units and sub-units using atomic and chemical ammunition,
with the troops, in whoselinterest they are used;
--the forward detachments and the sub-units defending the
forward position, and the artillery and aviation which are supporting
them;
--the artillery and aviation whose task is-vthe destruction of
the enemy while his troops are concentrating and assuming a
departure position for an offensive, and also during counterprepara-
tions;
--units (large units) of the first echelon, artillery and
aviation when repelling enemy offensives;
--troops intended to close gaps in the combat formations
caused by enemy atomic strikes;
--units of the division (corps) and aviation.-.intended for
the destruction of enemy airborne landings;
--troops of the first and second echelons, reserves, artillery,
and aviationdduring the battle deep in the defense and during
counterattacks;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-147-
jWM
--antiaircraft defense troops with fighter aircraft operations
in defending the troops against enemy air strikes.
When planning coordination, particular attention is paid to
the maneuver of forces and equipment for timely-reinforcement of
the defense in threatened directions, to the liquidating of the
consequences of enemy use of atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction, to the greatest possible exploitation of the result
of friendly atomic strikes, and to executing decisive counter-
attacks.
Operations with adjacent units are coordinated in accordance
with the nature of the joint missions to be accomplished.
364. Reconnaissance of the enemy is conducted continuously, and
must establish e rection of enemy moves from the depth and his
concentration areas, his assumption of a departure position, the
composition and deployment areas of the main grouping of his troops,
the direction of the main thrust, and the time when he will go over
to the offensive.
The most important reconnaissance mission is the timely
discovery of enemy means of atomic attack, his preparations to use
atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, and also his
preparations to land airborne forces.
When organizing reconnaissance, particular attention is
paid to, aerial and radiotechnical reconnaissance, to the organization
of an extensive system of observation, particularly on the flanks
and in gaps, to the operations of reconnaissance groups in the enemy
rear, and to carrying out reconnaissance raids and ambushes. When
necessary, reconnaissance in force may be conducted.
365. For defensive operations at night the division commander
takes into consideration:
--the order of transition from day to night operations
and the necessary changes in troop dispositions;
--intensification of reconnaissance, combat security, and
observation of the enemy by the use of night vision equipment,
and also security and defense of flanks, limiting points, and gaps;
--changing artillery firing positions and the deployment
areas of the reserves;
--the preparation of directions for counterattacks, and the
preparation of routes for carrying out rapid maneuvers at night;
--the order of illuminating the area, and. countermeasures
against enemy means of illumination and night vision equipment;
--the order in which smoke screens will be used to conceal
the operations of friendly troops and to blind the enemy;
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-1l+8-
SECRET
--to insure orientation, mutual recognition, and target
indication, and also identification of the front line for friendly
aircraft;
--measures to ensure the troop transition from night to
day operations.
366. The artillery in defense is assigned the following basic
missions:
--the destruction of enemy atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction; carrying out destruction of his troops on
approach marches, in concentration areas, and in the departure
position for the offensive;
--executing counterpreparation in coordination with aviation;
--combating enemy artillery, including his antiaircraft
artillery; the neutralization (destruction) of his radiotechnical
means and his control points;
--covering engineer obstacles with fire;
--repelling enemy tank and infantry attacks, and providing
fire cover for gaps which have been formed as a result of his
atomic strikes;
--the destruction of enemy troops who have broken into
the defense, and the neutralization of enemy reserves moving up,
particularly in directions of atomic strikes;
--support for counterattacks (counterthrusts) of the
second echelons and reserves.
In addition, the artillery is employed to support the combat
of forward detachments, sub-units defending a forward position,
combat security forces; to secure flanks, limiting points, and gaps;
to destroy enemy airborne landings; to illuminate or provide smoke
screens for the area; and to combat enemy means of illumination
and his night vision equipment.
367. Artillery, using atomic ammunition, and missile artillery
are placed in the defense in such a way that they are able to
carry out strikes against the enemy on distant approaches, and
in areas of concentration and deployment for the offensive. The
remaining artillery is positioned so that, in the event of a
breakthrough by enemy tanks, the greater portion of it can take
part in their destruction.
In order to shift artillery to threatened directions or
sectors, it is essential to prepare routes and alternate firing
positions in advance.
S SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-149-
N` SECRET
Roving guns (combat vehicles, self-propelled mounts) and
batteries are employed to deceive the enemy about the artillery
grouping and artillery fire system.
Artillery detached for the support of forward detachments,
sub-units defending a forward position, and combat security forces,
normally fires from temporary firing positions.
368. Aircraft, detached for the support of a division (corps)
in defense, are employed on the orders of the senior commander.
Their missions are:
--the destruction of atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction, the launching mounts of offensive pilotless
weapons and missiles, and also enemy radiotechnical equipment;
--the destruction of the enemy during his approach march,
in his concentration areas, and in his departure position for the
offensive;
--execute counterpreparations in coordination with the
artillery;
--the destruction of enemy reserves as they move up;
--the destruction of enemy troops who have broken into
the depth of the defense;
troops;
--support counterattacks and counterthrusts of friendly
--screen friendly troops against enemy air strikes;
--the destruction of enemy airborne landings in their
emplaning areas, in the air, in their drop (landing) zones, and
in combat operations;
--the disruption of enemy troop control and the work of
his rear services;
--carrying out aerial reconnaissance;
--adjusting fire for friendly artillery;
--mine-laying in the enemy disposition areas and along his
movement routes.
During a defensive operation at night, aviation must, in
addition, illuminate the battlefield, destroy enemy searchlights,
and create fires in his areas of disposition.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-150-
4M SECRET
369. Counterpreparation is organized and executed according to
the plan of the senior commander in order to disrupt an enemy
offensive.
Counterpreparation is conducted against enemy troop
accumulations and the control points of his main grouping
while it is.in its areas of concentration and deployment for the
offensive. It is also conducted against missile-launching sites,
radiotechnical equipment, airfields, and ammunition and fuel dumps.
It should forestall commencement of enemy air and artillery
preparation.
Counterpreparation is accomplished by powerful air and
artillery strikes, including heavy rocket and missile artillery
using atomic and chemical ammunition. All the artillery located
in sectors and in directions where the counterpreparation is
being executed is employed to carry out the counterpreparation.
In addition, on order of the senior commander, the corps and
division artillery from the corps (army) second echelon, and also
a portion of the tanks from the second echelons, and antitank
reserves, may be called upon to participate in the counterpreparation.
Atomic ammunition of large and medium caliber is normally
used against the enemy main grouping in the areas of his concentra-
tion and deployment.
The yield of atomic ammunition used against the enemy in
his departure position is determined on the basis of ensuring the
safety of the defending troops.
When delivering atomic strikes, particularly against
targets equipped with engineer-type improvements, it is more
effective to employ surface atomic bursts, providing the
direction the wind, of average velocity, is away from friendly
troops.
During counterpreparation, reconnaissance in force may
be conducted in order to clarify information about enemy groupings
and'to cause confusion among his troops prepared for the offensive.
All preparatory measures for carrying out a counter-
preparation must be taken in strict secrecy.
In individual cases, in accordance with a special plan
of the senior commander, a strike may be executed in front of the
main line of defense immediately after the counterpreparation.
This strike is normally executed by troops of up to .regimental
strength in order to disorganize and defeat the troops of the enemy
first echelon which was subjected to the greatest effects during
the counterpreparation,
SIMM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 370. The basic missions of engineer support in defense are:
--engineer reconnaissance of the enemy and the terrain;
--engineer preparation of the defensive positions and zones,
antitank areas, and also the disposition areas and lines of troop
deployment;
--the construction of engineer obstacles;
--the preparation of routes, and the setting up and
maintenance of crossings over water barriers;
--the construction of structures for control points;
-151-
SFCRFT
--the clearing of passages through obstacles, and preparation
of routes to support counterattacks by the second echelons and
reserves;
--the construction of obstacles and defensive structures
during the consolidation of positions captured during counter-
attacks against the lines;
tions;
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
--engineer measures for the camouflage of troops and installa-
--the reconnaissance of sources of water, its extraction,
water purification, and the construction of water supply points.
Engineer support measures are accomplished by troops of
a,:ll, troop arms and by special troops. j
371. Engineer work on defense positions and zones normally is
conducted simultaneously throughout the entire depth and in
such a sequence as to ensure constant troop readiness to repel enemy
attacks and to protect troops from atomic weapons and other means of
destruction.
The order in which the work is carried out and the time
allotted for its completion are determined by the division (corps)
commander, depending on the situation, the time, and the forces
and equipment available.
First, trenches, firing trenches, shelters, and communica-
tion trenches are prepared for rifle and tank sub-units, firing
positions for the artillery and mortars are prepared, the positions
of antitank areas and the positions of units and sub-units of
antiaircraft defense are also prepared. Obstacles are set up in
front of the main line of resistance and preparations are made for
their installation in the main directions in the depth of the defense.
Structures are made for control points and basic structures for
medical aid points. Routes are prepared for troop movement, and
watersssupply points are set up.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-152-
SFC'RFT
Secondly, the system of firing trenches and communication
trenches is developed and improved, and the construction of shelters
for personnel, combat equipment, transport, and materiel supplies
is completed. Reserve and switch positions are prepared, deployment
lines for counterattacks are laid out, structures for control
points are prepared in reserve positions, and the equipping of
medical aid points is completed. The system of obstacles is
developed, the network of routes for troop movement is expanded,
and concealed structures for conduct of fire are constructed.
Finally, the defense positions and zones are developed
and perfected as regards their engineer requirements, and reserve
troop disposition areas receive engineer-type improvements.
Concealment measures are put into effect as soon as
the troops go over to the defensive, and are carried on without
interruption during the accomplishment of all engineering work.
372. The protection of troops from atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction is organized, taking into consideration
their mass employment by-the enemy and the prolonged contamination
of the terrain over large areas. Special attention is paid to
the speedy construction of dependable shelters, to the periodic
shifting of deployment areas for forces and equipment, the rapid
discovery of contaminated areas, and the organization of a rotating
rest period schedule for the troops during lengthy operations in
contaminated areas.
373. Antitank defense is the foundation of the defense of large
units and units, and erefore its organization is one of the most
important duties of all commanders. The antitank defense of a
division (corps) is organized for the entire depth of the defense.
The.bases of antitank defense are: artillery fire, tank
fire, and air strikes against enemy tanks on the approaches to
the defense, antitank fire in front of the main line of resistance
and deep in the defense, in combination with antitank and natural
obstacles, shifting of fire, antitank reserves, and obstacles in
the course of combat.
The antitank defense system includes: company antitank
strong points, organized into battalion antitank centers; antitank
areas; antitank reserves; tank reserves of units; mobile obstacle-
placing detachments; artillery positioned on critical avenues of
tank approach; the tanks of the second echelons and reserves;
antitank obstacles, and flamethrowing equipment.
Antitank areas are set up on the most important avenues
of tank approach. They may consist of units (sub-units) of tank-
destroyer artillery, and tank sub-units and other antitank means,
reinforced by flamethrowing sub-units and sub-units of engineer
troops withc;obstacle-placing means.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-153-
IMM
For the movement of forces and equipment assigned to
an antitank area, reserve areas may be prepared on other critical
avenues of tank approach.
Deployment areas are prepared for the antitank reserves
on critical avenues of tank approach, and mine-laying lines,
movement routes up to them, and also main and reserve disposition
areas are made ready for the mobile obstacle-placing detachment,
374. Flamethrowing and incendiary means are employed while
repelling attacks by enemy tanks and infantry and to secure
flanks and gaps, in coordination with tank-destroyer artillery
and in combination with the obstacles.
Smoke screens may be used for-defense to conceal work
on defensive positions, and the regrouping of troops, to cover
friendly units and large units during deployment and counterattacks,
and also to blind enemy observation posts.
375. Combat with the enemy airborne landings carried out
within the division defensive position is the responsibility of
the troops defending these positions. Part of the forces of the
second echelon, the reserves, units, and sub-units of the artillery
and aircraft allotted for the support and cover of the troops in
defense, are called upon to combat airborne landings,
In no circumstances should the dispatch of troops to
combat airborne landings weaken the stability of the defense in
the directions of the main enemy thrust.
Part of the antiaircraft artillery is detached to cover
troops detailed for the destruction of enemy airborne landings.
376o Control points of a division (corps) in defense are
normally located in areas difficult of access to tanks.
The forward command post of a division (corps) is
situated where it can best effect control of the troops in the
direction of the main enemy thrust.
The command post of a division (corps) is normally
situated in the area of the second echelon.
In order to provide for periodic changes in control point
areas of location, before the beginning of the enemy offensive
attack, and their displacement during combat, reserve sites are
prepared in advance.
Before the enemy offensive begins, the control of troGps is
effected primarily by means of wire and mobile means of communication.
Radio is employed for communication with reconnaissance, security
forces, forward detachments, to control artillery fire, and to
transmit warning signals.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-154-
AMM
3. THE CONDUCT OF THE DEFENSE
377. As the concentration and.deployment of the enemy offensive
formation is exposed, it is destroyed and neutralized by mass air
strikes and artillery fire, using both atomic and chemical as
well as conventional ammunition.
If a security zone is established, troops defending it
contain the attacking enemy by stubborn combat from prepared
positions, and making extensive use of obstacles, they contain
the enemy on the offensive, wear down his forces and inflict as
many casualties as possible.
378. The division (corps) commander, having established that
the main enemy forces have entered their concentration areas, have
begun to move out towards the main line of resistance, or have
deployed for the offensive, reports this to the army commander
(corps commander) and details the missions to his artillery
participating in the counterpreparation, as well as targets
against which atomic and air strikes are to be executed and
chemical weapons are to be employed. At the same time, secretly,
the necessary changes in the defending troops are made and
control points are changed.
If reconnaissance in force was envisaged, the commander of
a first echelon division specifies the missions to the sub-units
detached for this purpose, and when the counterpreparation begins,
controls their operations.
When part of the division forces carries out a thrust
in front of the main line of defense, the division commander,
if necessary, gives additional missions to the troops participating
in this thrust and elaborates on the coordination with the
artillery and with units located on the main line of defense.
379. Enemy attempts to conduct reconnaissance in force of the
first line of defense are repelled by the sub-units defending these
sectors and by the fire of specially detached artillery. Observa-
tion of enemy operations during this period must be particularly
vigilant in order to detect the beginning of his attack in good
time. Passages cleared by the enemy through obstacles are
immediately closed.
380. On receipt of a warning signal concerning the danger
of an atomic attack or with the beginning of enemy artillery and
air preparation, the personnel takes cover in prepared shelters
and other protected places. Observers throughout the whole defense
zone and the crews of firing means on duty at the first position
remain at their posts.
After the atomic strikes have been made or when enemy
artillery and air preparation has begun, the artillery, in
coordination with aviation, destroys the enemy artillery and mortar
batteries, and also his tanks and infantry moving up or prepared
19M SECRET ~r
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-155-
. SECRET
for the offensive. Units of antiaircraft artillery, in coordination
with fighter aircraft, prevent enemy air strikes against the
defending troops and other targets.
When enemy artillery and air preparation has been
completed, the division (corps) commander checks the condition
of the defending units (large units) and takes measures to repel
the enemy offensive.
In areas subjected to enemy atomic strikes, reserves
and mobile obstacle-placing detachments 44_and, if necessary,
units (sub-units) of the second. echelon - are moved up to close
gaps in the combat formations of the troops. Helicopters may be
used to speed up the shifting of troops. The artillery covers
these areas with fire, preventing an enemy offensive through the
gaps which have been formed. In addition, the existing obstacles
in these directions are strengthened and new ones are set up.
Radiation and chemical reconnaissance is sent to areas
which have suffered atomic and chemical strikes. Units which have
suffered serious losses are either reinforced or replaced from
the reserves (second echelons), and measures are taken to clear
up the consequences of this attack. Warning signals of chemical
attack are given to units threatened with contamination by
radioactive or poisonous substances.
Enemy airborne landing forces are destroyed by the troops
located near the landing and also by specially designated units
and sub-units. Troop operations to destroy an enemy landing force
must be rapid and decisive.
In the event of a large-scale airborne landing, atomic
strikes may be delivered against it.
In cases where it is impossible to use atomic weapons,
and when sufficient forces and equipment are not available for the
destruction of an airborne landing force, the division (corps)
commander takes measures to block it and deny its link-up with
troops advancing from the front e
381. When thecenemy assault begins, the fire of the defending
troops reaches its highest intensity. The main mass of fire is
concentrated on repelling enemy tank attack.
An enemy tank attack is repulsed by the fire of all
artillery and tanks, those deployed in the sectors which have
been attacked and those in adjacent sectors.
Aviation strikes are carried out against combat formations
of an attacking enemy, his second echelons, and reserves,
The infantry destroys enemy tanks with all available means,
cuts his infantry off from the tanks, and destroys it by firepower.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-156-
SECRET
Atomic strikes may be delivered against enemy second
echelons and reserves, and in some circumstances against the troops
of the first echelon.
When repelling night attacks, the artillery and aviation
illuminate the area, create sources of fires within the enemy
disposition, and combat his means of illumination. The artillery,
in addition, destroys enemy night vision equipment.
382. If the enemy has driven a wedge into the defensive
position, a division (corps) commander takes measures to stop
further movement in depth and towards gaps created to break up
the combat formations of the attacking enemy, and to inflict the
greatest possible losses on him by massed fire of all types of
guns and by air strikes.
Reserves and mobile obstacle-placing detachments are
moved up to the most threatened directions.
To strengthen the defense in critical directions, forces
and weapons are moved from sectors which have not been attacked
and, if necessary, a regrouping of the troops is carried out.
Units which happen to be in the enemy rear area continue to hold
the positions they occupy and try to draw as much of the enemy
forces as possible against themselves. The division,:commander
must support their operations with all the forces and weapons at
his disposal.
383. During the battle the commanders and staffs must obtain
precise information on the composition, grouping, and numbering
of the attacking large units (units), particularly tank formations,
the direction of the enemy main strike, and the location of his
atomic and chemical means of attack. They must constantly watch the
movement of the enemy second echelons (reserves), and determine the
time of their commitment to combat and the direction of their
operations. They must d termine the approach of troops from the
rear, their strength, composition, direction of movement, areas
of concentration and lines of deployment, and also determine areas
where enemy airborne landings (drops) were made, their combat
composition, and the nature of their operations.
384. In order to destroy the enemy grouping which has driven
a wedge into the defense, and to restore the position, counter-
attacks are carried out by the division (corps) second echelons
and reserves in coordination withifirst echelon troops, adjacent
units, and troops shifted from sectors that were not attacked.
Tanks constitute the main element of first echelon troops in
the counterattack. Counterattacks are supported by massed artillery
fire and air strikes.
Counterattacks are carried out swiftly and normally are
launched from the march against the flank and rear of the
enemy that has bro-n through, at the moment when he has not had
time to consolidate on the captured terrain. Counterattacking
troops should be anchored to sectors where enemy attacks have been
successfully repulsed.
.1M, SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-157-
SECRET
Before passing to a counterattack it is essential to
hit the enemy with fire by artillery, tanks, and air strikes. In
addition, atomic and chemical weapons may be employed against an
enemy grouping against which the counterattack will be executed,
calculated so that the contamination of the area will not hinder
the maneuver of friendly troops.
During a counterattack at night, particular attention
must be paid to supporting the approach of the counterattacking
troops to the lines of deployment and the timely preparation of
observation, artillery fire, air strikes, and illumination of
the enemy. A night counterattack must be simple in concept, and
be executed rapidly and unexpectedly.
If the enemy makes penetrations of the defense in several
directions, the first counterattack is conducted against his
grouping posing the greatest threat.
385. After a counterattack has been executed and the position
has been restored, the defending troops prepare to repel repeat
attacks by the enemy. For this purpose all commanders and staffs,
without waiting for special instructions, take measures for the
rapid reestablishment of disrupted coordination, the fire system,
and the expended reserves and second echelons. Measures are also
taken to restore the more important defensive structures and
engineer obstacles.
386. In the directions where the enemy is making masst:use of
atomic weapons and enjoys significant superiority in forces and
weapons, counterattacks normally are not carried out. In this
case, a first echelon division stubbornly defends its prepared
positions and inflicts casualties on enemy troops and equipment
with all types of f irepower'and obstacles, attempts to break
up the enemy main attack force, and to create conditions to
carry out a counterattack (counterthrust) by troops of the second
echelon of the corps (army). Sub-units and units fighting on
the flanks of the enemy grouping that has broken through, hold
switch positions and prevent the expansion of the breakthrough in
the direction of the flanks.
387. When a counterthrust is executed, the commander of a
first echelon division deployed in the zone where it is being
conducted must assist in the deployment of the second echelon
(reserve) divisions, must support their operations with all types
of fire, and must be ready to participate in the counterthrust with
part of his own forces.
388. The commander of a second echelon (reserve) division, having
received an order to execute a counterattack (counterthrust),
indicates to his subordinate commanders the direction of the enemy
operations and the lines which he has attained, the situation and
missions of the' units of the first echelon divisions, the method
in which atomic and chemical weapons will be used, and the artillery
.and aviation missions in support of division combat operations.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-158-
SECRET
He specifies the missions of units of the division, the order in
which they move up and deploy, coordination measures, organization
of antiaircraft defense, and the protection of troops from
weapons of mass destruction.
The combat formation of a division during a counterattack
(counterthrust) consists of one or two echelons. The tank regiment
of a motorized-rifle division and the heavy tank regiment of a tank
division normally are employed in the first echelon in the direction
of the main effort.
389. If a counterthrust (counterattack) is not conducted by
forces of the second echelon of the army (corps), a second echelon
division is employed for the stubborn defense of prepared positions
and zones in order to prevent a breakthrough by the enemy and to
halt his further advance.
4. PECULIARITIES OF THE DEFENSE OF
WATER BIRUM
390. A water barrier is a natural obstacle which permits the
organization of a firm defense with the least forces.
The organization of the defense of a water barrier depends
on its characteristics, the operations of the enemy, and the
impending combat missions on a given sector of the front.
The defense of a water barrier normally is organized
only on the friendly bank. When there are bridgeheads in the
division (corps) defense zone, the defense of the water barrier may
be organized on both banks.
391. When organizing the defense on the friendly bank, the
main line of defense of the first defense zone is picked out as
near as possible to the water's edge, depending on the width of
the water barrier and the nature of its valley. The forward
line, however, may be set up at an advantageous position in depth
with reinforced combat security forces moved out to the bank and
with obstacles set up in the flood lands.
When organizing the fire system, particular attention is
paid to creating interlocking fire for the effective destruction
of the enemy on the water in front of the entire main line of
resistance of the first defensive zone. If there are islands in
the water barrier they are occupied by specially detached sub-units
in order to forestall a surprise attack and enemy seizure of the
islands, and also to carry on fire along the water barrier.
In sectors which are convenient for crossings by enemy
tanks and self-propelled crossing means, the density of antitank
fire is increased and various types of engineer obstacles are set up.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-159-
SECRET
The second echelons and reserves are deployed in areas
from which they can quickly and secretly move up to any sector
where the enemy is crossing.
Sometimes during the defense of large water barriers,
the prepared positions on the bank may be occupied by only part
of the forces. In this event, the main forces of the first echelon
large unit are deployed in a dispersed manner in depth, ready to
occupy prepared positions.
Local crossing equipment is concentrated on the friendly
bank, and if necessary it is destroyed.
$92. When defending a water barrier, strikes with atomic
and chemical weapons normally are executed against the enemy main
grouping that has prepared for the forcing, against his crossing
equipment, his most important crossings which have been set up,
against troops who have seized a bridgehead, and reserves moving
up to the sectors of forcing.
393. The artillery prepares to fire against possible enemy
concentration areas, his crossing equipment, and against the most
likely crossing sectors and the approaches to them. The artillery
also combats the enemy artillery. The densest fire is prepared for
sectors convenient for enemy forcing of the water barrier.
In order to destroy an enemy attempt to force a water
barrier by direct-laying fire, the necessary amounts of tank-
destroyer artillery and tanks are moved up closer to the bank.
394. Aviation makes timely discovery of enemy preparations for
a forcing, carries out strikes against the enemy main grouping,
his artillery, and his crossing equipment, and prevents enemy
approach to the water barrier and the crossing of his infantry and
combat equipment.
395. When the forcing begins the enemy is destroyed by all
types of fire and by air strikes.
If an enemy crossing of a water barrier has taken place,
the division (corps) commander must prevent a crossing of,~his
subsequent echelons and reserves by artillery and tank fire, and
must destroy the units which have crossed by decisive counterattacks,
primarily by using tank units (sub-units). The counterattacks are
supported by massed artillery fire and air strikes. They must be
carried out before the enemy succeeds in consolidating positions
on the friendly bank and in widening his bridgehead.
396. Bridgeheads are established and held firmly in order to
enable friendly troops to go over to the offensive.
When defending a bridgehead, a division (corps) may deploy
its entire forces therein, or may defend the bridgehead with only
part of its forces.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-i6o-
SECRET
The defense of a bridgehead must be characterized by
special tenacity and stubbornness.
In order to ensure the greatest possible stability in
the bridgehead defense, the troops defending it are reinforced
by artillery, sub-units of engineer and chemical troops, by fire
from guns and tanks on the friendly bank, and by air operations.
The bridgehead must have a well developed network of
firing trenches, communication trenches, slit trenches, a system
of obstacles, a strong system of antitank fire, and antiaircraft
defense. In addition, a sufficient number of bridge crossings
should be established with bridgehead positions for their
immediate cover. Troops defending bridgeheads should have
additional reserves of ammunition, fuel, equipment for anti-
chemical protection, and rations.
During the defense of a bridgehead, great importance is
given to the protection of the troops from weapons of mass
destruction, screening the troops and the crossing from enemy air
attacks, the defense and strengthening of the flanks, and also
covering of the crossing areas and bridges by smoke.
Counterattacks, the shifting of artillery, particularly
tank-destroyer artillery, and maneuver by reserves and mobile
obstacle-placing detachments are employed ex$ensively to repel
enemy attacks.
397. The artillery is emplaced in a bridgehead in such a
way that it can mass its fire in front of any sector of the
defensive front. For the most effective flank security, it is
advisable to deploy part of the artillery on the friendly bank
opposite the flanks of the bridgehead.
398. When defending a water barrier, particular attention
must be paid to combating enemy airborne landings. For this
purpose, surveillance of probable landing (drop) zones is
increased, preparations for the maneuver of second echelons and
reserves into these areas are made, and, in necessary cases,
obstacles are set up.
399. Special features of engineer support in defense of a
water barrier are making the banks steeper, installing underwater
and floating obstacles, the installing and:Emaintaining of crossings,
and also their rapid destruction under threat of enemy capture.
Hydrotechnical structures in the division (corps) defense
zone which can be used for flooding the area are placed under
reinforced guard, and if they cannot be used, are demolished on order
of the senior commander.
400. If one of our naval flotillas is present on the water
barrier, it can be employed to destroy river craft and enemy crossings
and also to give gunfire support to the troops defending the water
barrier.
ALAN"
lll~
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
JOW SECRET
5. PECULIARITIES OF THE DEFENSE
OF A. LARGE TOWN
401. A large town, with solid buildings and underground structures,
may be turned into a strong defensive area.
When organizing the defense in a large town, it is
essential to take into consideration the possibility that widespread
destruction, rubble in the streets, intense radioactive contamination,
and ignition of fires may be caused as a result of enemy atomic
strikes.
402. The defense of a town must be of the all-around type,
and may comprise outer and inner defense zones.
The outer defense zones are set up at the approaches to the
town. Their number depends on the terrain and on the availability
of forces and weapons intended for their defense.
The inner defense zones are set up throughout the entire
depth of the town. Their number and trace are determined by the
general plan and the size of the town, The main elements of each
inner defense zone are defense centers, consisting of several strong
points.
The forward edge of the first inner defense zone is
prepared along the suburbs of the town or is moved forward if the
town has adjacent commanding heights.
403. A corps may defend a town or part of it (a sector)
A division receives a zone or sector of the defense, and
in individual cases may defend a whole town.
A regiment receives a defense sector (area).
The main efforts of the troops in defending a town are
concentrated on holding areas (objectives) which have decisive
significance for the entire defense system.
404. Combat in a town is normally broken down into a series
of individual local battles for the retention of strong points.
Strong points and defense centers must be prepared for
all-around defense and their fire must be coordinated with that
of adjacent strong points and defense centers.
Reserves of ammunition, rations,medical stores, and
drinking water are established in strong points.
Barricades and other obstacles are set up in the streets
of the town and access routes to them must be covered by flank and
cross fire.
JM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-162-
AM SECRET
The fire system is organized by combining the flank and
cross fire of tanks, direct-laying guns, and also mortars and
artillery located in covered firing positions.
The tanks of motorized-rifle regiments are employed in
small sub-units and individually as part of the troops defending
strong points and defense centers. The tank regiment of a
motorized-rifle division normally is employed in the second echelon
in order to carry out counterattacks or to retain the most important
centers and strong points in the depth of the defense.
In order to recapture strong points captured by the enemy,
counterattacks may be carried out with small forces.
Flamethrowers are first employed against enemy tanks and
infantry, and for support of counterattacking units (sub-units),
and also to set fire to structures occupied by the enemy.
Aviation is employed to screen the town against enemy
air. strikes, to neutralize the artillery, particularly large-caliber
guns, to destroy atomic weapons and other enemy means of mass
destruction, and also to support counterattacks (counterthrusts)
by friendly troops.
To allow the troops to maneuver in the town, passages
and roadways are prepared within the city blocks, and underground
structures are adapted.
405. The special features of engineer support in the defense
of a town are the defensive adaptation of individual buildings,
city blocks and the town as a whole, the construction of permanent
defensive structures, barricades, bridges, and other crossings
over rivers (canals) in the town, the preparation of concealed
routes to assist in the maneuver of troops, the carrying out of
buried mine combat, and rescue operations.
406. During the defense of a town a tank division is employed
for counterattacks (counterthrusts) in the battle for retention of
the outer defense zones. During the battle inside the town, the
tank division normally comprises the second echelon or is placed in
reserve and is employed to carry out strikes at the enemy in less
built-up areas of the town.
407. During the defense in a large town, the troops should
normally be reinforced by medium-caliber conventional antiaircraft
artillery, antiaircraft missile artillery, and the radio counter-
measures means. The troops and the most important targets should
also be screened by fighter aircraft.
Antiaircraft defense weapons are used in such a way that
enemy aircraft are destroyed on the approaches to the town.
Control of antiaircraft artillery fire intended to cover
the troops defending the town is centralized.
MW SECRET}
50X1-HUM
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-163-
SEC'RFT
408. The town's underground cable network is used extensively
in the organization of wire communications. For reliable
communications a main and several auxiliary signal centers are
organized. When using the local means of communication, it is
essential to organize their protection'and control so that it
will exclude line-tapping by the enemy.
6. PECULIARITIES OF THE DEFENSE
OF A A
409. The mission of defending a seacoast consists of preventing
seaborne and airborne landings on the shore. In the event of an
enemy landing, the defending troops must destroy him on the shore
or throw him back into the sea.
Success in defeating an enemy landing is achieved by:
setting up anti-landing obstacles in the water and on the shore
in advance; preparing the artillery fire system; the broad
movement of tank units and other forces and equipment to the
probable landing sectors; the timely discovery of the direction of
movement of the landing force and determination of its strength
and composition; constant readiness on the part of all forces and
equipment for decisive'actions to destroy the enemy in his landing
and operations on the shore, and also the establishment of precise
coordination between the defending troops and aviation and navy
large units.
410. Atomic and chemical weapons may be used against an enemy
amphibious landing, at his embarkation points, during the sea
passage, during the approach to the landing areas, during the
actual landing on the shore, and also in the course of combat on
the shore. Atomic strikes against enemy ships equipped with the
means of using atomic weapons are delivered as soon as they have
been discovered.
411. A division (corps) carries out the defense of a seacoast
either independently or in coordination with large units of the
navy.
Large units of the navy designated by order of the senior
commander are employed as a rule to support a division (corps).
The coast artillery of the navy is called upon to support
the defending troops in the most threatened directions. In
individual cases coast artillery units situated in the division
(corps) defense zone are turned over to and are directly
subordinated to the division (corps) commander.
When defending areas where the fleet is based and islands,
the division (corps) may be subordinated to the commander of the
naval base (commander of the fleet).
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-
164-c I: r D P T
412. The main efforts of the troops during the defense of a
seacoast are concentrated on the firm retention of areas where
the fleet is based, of ports, and of coastal sectors convenient
for enemy landings.
For the defense of a coast in accessible directions,
defense zones, positions and separate strong points are prepared,
as well as main and reserve disposition areas for the second
echelons and reserves, and routes for the maneuver of troops.
On sectors of the coast which are difficult of access,
separate strong points, lines for deployment of reserves, and
routes up to them are prepared for the defense of the most
important areas, and security and reconnaissance are organized.
The main line of resistance is selected as near to
the water's edge as possible, but where the shore line is flat,
it is withdrawn in depth to advantageous lines, taking into
consideration the situation and the employment of atomic weapons.
When selecting positions for the infantry and artillery
it should be remembered that an enemy landing can best be
repulsed when his troops are still in their landing craft.
The fire system is organized with the aim of destroying
the enemy both in the water and on the shore, using flank and
interlocking fire.
413. Until the intention of the enemy has become apparent,
part of the forces of a first echelon division may take up
prepared positions on the shore itself. The main forces of the
division, in this case, are deployed in the depths in readiness
to take up prepared positions or to carry out counterattacks
against enemy landing forces.
Artillery and tanks allocated for direct-laying fire support
must be ready to move up to the shore into previously prepared
positions to destroy the enemy landing craft and amphibious tanks
as they approach the shore.
414. A division of the second echelon is deployed in one
or in several areas, near the roads leading to the most threatened
sectors. The distance of a division from the shore should enable
it to maneuver in any direction and to prevent it from being drawn
into combat prematurely.
415. The operations of the artillery during the defense of a
seacoast are based on its extensive maneuverability. Division
(corps) artillery, in coordination with coastal artillery, ships
of the navy, and aviation, is employed to destroy enemy ships and
landing craft as they approach the shore and to wipe out the troops
while landing and in the course of combat on the shore.
4~ SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-165-
4~ SECRET
All the artillery must be ready to lay down rolling
and standing barrage fire at the approach of the enemy to the
shore and on the shore.
On sectors accessible for amphibious tank landings, tank
gaps are set up and the system of antitank fire and antitank
obstacles is reinforced.
416. During the defense of a seacoast, aviation, in addition
to fulfilling its normal tasks, observes enemy ship operations,
destroys his ships, his landing craft and his transports carrying
troops during their sea passage, lays minefields, and cooperates
with the defending troops in the destruction of sea and air landings
during the landing and in operations on shore.
417. During the defense of a seacoast, ships of the fleet
conduct reconnaissance and patrol duties at sea, destroy landing
craft and transports with enemy troops, carry out strikes against
enemy naval gunfire support ships and ships which are covering
the landing, lay mines along the most probable direction of
movement of the landing force and at the approaches to his possible
landing points, cooperate with defending troops in the destruction
of the force that has landed, blockade the enemy from the sea in
coordination with aviation, and also pursue the withdrawing enemy
landing force.
418. When organizing engineer support, the following are
taken into consideration: the construction of anti-landing
obstacles on the most likely sectors for an enemy landing; the
preparation of tunnels and caves in high banks for the locating
of firing means and combat equipment in them; and minelaying
at the approaches to points where the enemy might land.
419. Having made a decision to defend a seacoast, the division
(corps) commander must take into consideration the possible type
of enemy landing and of its operations ashore, the sectors of
the coastline which are most accessible for a landing, the system
of observation, identification, and communication present on the
coast, and also the missions of large naval and air units within
the limits of the defended zone. At the same time, the possibility
of an enemy amphibious landing on coastal sectors difficult of
access must be taken into consideration, and the possibility of
an enemy airborne landing (drop) either deep within the defense
or directly on the coast in the area of the amphibious landing.
420. Reconnaissanceiis organized on a broad front and in great
depth, in order to discover in advance enemy preparations to
effect a landing.
Reconnaissance by naval and air means must establish the
areas where enemy troops embark on the means of transport, determine
the strength, composition, and direction of movement of the landing
force, and the likely sectors for the assumed landing. Particular
attention is paid to the discovery of enemy ships armed with the
means to employ atomic weapons.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
SE6ET
Observation in the division is organized along the entire
defense zone, with extensive use of technical means of reconnaissance.
421. When information has been received that an enemy landing
force is approaching, reconnaissance of all types is intensified,
and the;;main forces prepare to move up and occupy positions on
the shone o
The order (signal) for the movement of the main forces
is given by the commander in sufficient time to permit them to
reach the shore and occupy defensive positions before the
beginning of the enemy debarkation.
As the enemy landing force approaches the shore, the
division commander concentrates fire, of all types, against the
enemy landing craft and amphibious tanks in order to destroy the
landing force during its approach and landing on the shore. This
is carried out in coordination with aviation and large units
(ships) of the navy
Enemy airborne landings made on the shore itself are
destroyed without delay by the units and sub-units of the first
echelon of the division in whose area the landing took place,
in coordination with adjacent units and with artillery support.
When repulsing an enemy landing it is necessary to
recognize that an amphibious landing force can change its
debarkation sectors and points, and therefore troops should not
be moved from adjacent sectors prematurely.
The antiaircraft defense troops and fighter aircraft
should not allow enemy aircraft to adjust the fire of his ships'
guns.
If the enemy captures the shore with his landing, the
units of the division first echelon should deny him further
movement inland by putting up a stubborn defense of the areas
and sectors which they occupy. They should prevent the enemy
from consolidating and linking up the bridgeheads he has
captured, and from landing further echelons. Enemy units which
have effected a landing are destroyed by massed artillery fire,
by air strikes, and by decisive counterattacks, including counter-
attacks by small sub-units before the enemy has had time to
consolidate on shore.
If a first echelon division is unable to destroy the
landing force, it tenaciously holds on to its positions, prevents
the enemy from moving inland and towards the flanks, and creates
conditions for his subsequent destruction by the forces of the
corps (army).
422. Control of the troops defending a seacoast is effected from
control points set up during the organization of the defense by the
troops, or from previously prepared and equipped control posts of
the navy coast artillery.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECRET
AMOL
423. Defense in winter is organized on general bases. A
defense zone should be selected in an area where there are woods,
inhabited places, and other cover from the cold. Besides,
attention should first be paid to the organization of the defense
of road junctions, inhibited places, and wooded sectors.
The main line of resistance of the defense zones and
positions should be chosen, where possible, behind obstacles
which are difficult to overcome in winter (ravines, water
barriers with steep banks).
All covered positions in front of the main line of
resistance which can be used by the enemy are destroyed or
mined, and should be covered by the artillery,
In connection with the possibility of close and deep
envelopments by enemy ski troops, it is essential to reinforce
friendly flanks, limiting points, and gaps.
424. When there is deep snow cover, movement route protection
against enemy air strikes is organized and, in addition, particular
attention is paid to the protection of road junctions.
The artillery and aviation, in addition to fulfilling
their normal tasks, prevent the enemy from deploying in inhabited
places and woods, and also from moving along the roads.
Aerial and ground reconnaissance of roads and ski
trails in the enemy disposition area are carried out systematically.
425. The special features of engineer support for defense
in winter are: the construction of heated shelters where the
troops can warm themselves, the construction of snow and ice
obstacles, and the creation of holes in the ice of water barriers,
and of additional obstacles on sectors of the terrain and
directions which are passable for enemy tanks and infantry; the
construction of heated water supply points; the clearing of snow
from roads and march routes, protection from snowdrifts and
combating the icing of roads, and also the laying out of winter
cross-country roads.
426. All defensive structures and obstacles are constructed
with consideration for the depth of the snow cover. During a
lengthy defensive operation, measures are taken to ensure that
obstacles are always ready for operations, and that roads are
passable (particularly when there are snowdrifts); winter
camouflage is carried out and maintained.
To ensure the mobility of reserves, second echelons,
and artillery, measures are taken to increase vehicle cross-country
ability and skis are also used.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-168-
SFC'RFT
Reconnaissance of snow cover is carried out along routes
where the troops will probably maneuver,and march routes are
prepared.
427. Particular attention should be paid to the prevention
of frostbite among the personnel, to the construction of warming
points, and to the more frequent relief of units (sub-units)
located in the first echelon, to the timely provision of the
personnel with warm clothing, winter camouflage suits, hot food,
and tea, and also to the maintenance of weapons, combat equipment,
and transport in constant battle readiness.
428. When setting up a defense in conditions of thaw and
mud, in addition to the usual measures, the following should
be considered:
--the construction of drainage ditches and water-
collection pits in trenches and communication trenches;
--strengthening the steep sides of structures to prevent
landslides and washouts;
--providing armored and motor-tractor equipment with means
of improving their cross-country ability;
--setting up additional reserves of materiel supplies.
and the supplying of troops by air.
8. PECULIARITIES OF DEFENSE IN FOREST AREAS
429. Large forest tracts, particularly those with marshy
sectors, make enemy offensive operations more difficult. At the
same time, forest tracts assist in the concealed deployment of
troops in defense, in the widespread establishment of various
obstacles, in carrying out concealed maneuvers, and in carrying
out surprise counterattacks.
430. Defense in a forest is based on the fire system of
battalion and company defense areas prepared for all-around defense,
coupled with counterattacks and the employment of obstacles.
Outlying projections of the forest should be used for organizing
flank and interlocking fire.
The second echelons and reserves are deployed in areas
prepared for all-around defense near roads, clearings9-and forest
lanes.
In forests located in terrain where the level of the ground
water is high, trenches with parapets are constructed.
When organizing defense in a forest, it is essential to
consider the possibility of forming a large number of timber
obstructions that fires can be caused by atomic bursts and
400 SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-169-
SECRET
incendiary means, and also that contaminated air will remain
stagnant for a long time.
431. It is advantageous to have the main line of resistance
of the first defensive zone set back a little in depth, or it
should be in front of the edge of the forest. The main line of
resistance of the second defensive zone is set up along forest
lanes and clearings.
Part of the division artillery is attached to the
sub-units of the first echelon regiments, and is employed
primarily for direct-laying fire. The remaining artillery is
distributed among the artillery groups.
Antitank weapons in defense are deployed along critical
directions of tank approach (roads, forest lanes, and clearings).
The tanks of the motorized-rifle regiments are employed
in small sub-units to reinforce the first echelon sub-units and
for operations from ambushes.
The tank regiment of a motorized-rifle division is
employed in the second echelon for carrying out counterattacks
either as a complete unit or by sub-units in directions suitable
for the movement of tanks. It is also employed to defend key
lines and to close gaps in the combat formations of the first
echelon troops.
432. Special features of engineer support for defense in a
forest are::. to clear fields of observation and fire, to set
up timber obstacles, to establish defensive structures at
road junctions and forest lane crossings, to prepare additional
roads, to take measures to combat forest fires, and to clear
routes of obstructions caused by atomic bursts.
433. Combat in a forest is conducted at close quarters
because of limited visibility. Surprise and speed in executing
counterattacks are of great significance. Counterattacks by small
forces are employed extensively to destroy an enemy who has
driven a wedge into the defense.
To ensure secrecy of maneuver and effective orientation,
the directions of counterattacks must be studied, prepared, and
clearly marked on the terrain.
9. PECULIARITIES OF DEFENSE IN MOUNTAINS
434. The organization of defense in mountains depends on the
characteristics of the mountainous areas and the importance of the
direction to be defended.
The defense should be strongest in directions accessible
SECRET MM
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-170-
SECRET
Particular attention is paid to the defense of mountain
passes, passages, commanding heights, road junctions, and to the
security of gaps and flanks.
435. The fire system should ensure tier, flank, and inter-
locking fire at the approaches and over the dead space in front
of the main line of resistance, particularly on the flanks,
and also in gaps between defense areas.
When organizing the defense of a narrow mountain valley,
firing means should be sited so that the valley is swept by
interlocking fire throughout the depth of the defense. Approaches
to commanding heights are covered by artillery and mortar
barrages.
On approaches accessible to tanks, strong antitank and
anti-infantry obstacles should be set up, covered by fire from
antitank guns and machineguns.
Inhabited places lend themselves to all-around defense.
Mountain passes in the depth of the defense should be prepared for
all-around defense in advance and be occupied by troops.
When organizing defense in mountains the possibility
of sudden changes in the meteorological conditions should be
taken into account, as well as mountain landslides and avalanches,
particularly After the use of atomic weapons by the enemy, and
also the possibility of flooding of mountain riverbeds, gullies,
and ravines during heavy rain and the melting of snow.
436. The disposition of division (corps) second echelons
and reserves should ensure their maneuver and timely commitment
to combat during counterattacks and also the defeat of possible
enemy close and deep envelopments. The directions for counter-
attacks are carefully reconnoitered and prepared. Helicopters
can be employed to shift reserves and second echelon sub-units
to threatened directions.
Division and corps artillery groups are created in large
units defending the most critical directions. Regimental artillery
groups should be stronger than under normal conditions of defense.
437. A division of the second echelon is employed in the
main direction and is located in the depth of the defense in one
or several areas close to road junctions, prepared to carry out
counterattacks or to occupy the defense.
438. Mountain rifle large units (units) are employed to
defend the most critical directions, mountain passes (passages),
and ridges in areas which are difficult of access, and in high-
mountain terrain.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
SECklET
In the absence of mountain rifle large units (units)
the defense of high-mountain terrain is undertaken by
specially trained sub-units.
439. Atomic and chemical weapons are employed for defense
in mountainous areas against enemy troop concentrations in
valleys, mountain passes, ravines, and against his troops that
are prepared to attack. They are also used to support counter-
attacks in the main direction. In addition, atomic weapons may
be employed to destroy roads and to create landslides in order
to break up the regrouping of enemy troops.
440. When organizing antiaircraft defense in mountains,
the main attention should be given to the screening of troops
during their operations in areas of passes, mountain gaps,
ravines, at road junctions, bridges, and crossing places over
mountain rivers; the protection of troops defending valley
entrances accessible to tanks; of artillery groupings on mountain
plateaus; and of artillery, tanks, and columns of vehicles moving
along mountain roads.
Antiaircraft artillery is attached to large units and
units operating in separate directions.
441. The tanks of motorized-rifle regiments are employed to
reinforce the antitank defense of units (sub-units) defending
on roads, in ravines, at the edges of forest tracts, at bridges
and crossings over mountain rivers, and also for counterattacks
along valleys and the beds of shallow rivers. The tank regiment
of a motorized-rifle division and a tank division normally are
employed in the second echelon for executing counterattacks, or
for the defense of key lines in critical directions of tank
approach during defense in mountains. They may be deployed in
one or in several areas.
442. Aviation carries out strikes at the enemy attacking in
defiles, ravines, on passes, and roads, and also destroys the
enemy, particularly his artillery and mortars, on the reverse
slopes, in concealed approaches, and in dead spaces. Particular
attention must be paid to the marking of the friendly main line
of resistance and to target indication.
Airplanes and helicopters are also employed for
transporting of troops and delivery of cargoes to areas without
roads.
443. The special features of engineer support of defense in
mountains are: to adapt caves and other natural shelters for
the location of firing means in them and for the protection of troops
from weapons of mass destruction; the preparation and maintenance
of roads with passing places in narrow sectors, on steep upgrades
and downgrades, and at sharp turns; to prepare landing strips for
helicopters and for receiving supplies dropped from aircraft; the
SECRETS
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-172-
SECRET
construction of special bridges (crossing places) over mountain
rivers and ravines; the construction of cable roads, the clearing
from maneuver routes of rockslides and snow avalanches, particular-
ly after atomic bursts; the preparation of landslides, demolition
of roads and crossings, and also the preparation of obstacles
in passes.
444. If the enemy has penetrated the defense in depth, it is
of great importance to retain individual heights stubbornly even
when completely surrounded. .
The division (corps) second echelons and reserves, using
concealed approaches, destroy an enemy who has broken into the
defense by decisive counterattacks into his flank and rear.
As a rule, counterattacks should be carried out from
above downward, along ridges and valleys.
445. Rear service units and sub-units are deployed near
junctions of roads and paths.
Reserves of all types of materiel are-normally increased;
their quantity must ensure that the troops will be able to fight
on when encircled and in the absence of regular delivery of
supplies.
Where necessary the troops are supplied with items of
special equipment and clothing.
Particular attention should be paid to the security
and defense of rear service units (sub-units) against enemy
ground forces, screening them from air strikes, and also to
the control of traffic.
10. PECULIARITIES OF DEFENSE IN
DESERT AND STEPPE A AS
446. In desert and steppe areas, when the forces are limited,
the defense normally is set up in independent key directions,
with the allocation of strong second echelons and reserves
deployed in greater depth than in normal circumstances. Reconnaissance
and security detachments are sent out into the gaps which are
not occupied by troops.
The basis of the defense is well-prepared fire of all
types and extensive maneuver by strong reserves composed of tank
large units and units.
The possibility of moving cross-country in deserts and
steppes allows great freedom of maneuver. Therefore, particular
attention should be paid in defense to the security of flanks,
limiting points, and gaps.
M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-173-
SECRET
In deserts and steppes, antiaircraft defense and
protection of troops against weapons of mass destruction, as
well as combat with tanks and airborne landings, take on great
importance.
Reconnaissance is organized on a broad front and in
great depth during both day and night.
447. Atomic and chemical weapons may be used in defense in
deserts and steppes to deliver strikes against enemy troops
prepared for the offensive, to support counterattacks in the
main direction, to carry out strikes on concentrations of enemy
troops in inhabited places, in oases, and at sources of water.
In addition, atomic weapons are used to destroy hydrotechnical
structures and reservoirs.
448. Special features of engineer support in defense in
desert and steppe areas are: the strengthening of the slopes
of trenches, communication trenches, and other defensive
structures, and their protection against drifting sand; to carry
out reconnaissance for and to obtain deep-lying water and to
construct intermediate water-distribution points; to lay out
routes for cross-country troop movement and to mark them clearly
with permanent and easily visible signs; to set up additional
landmarks; to take measures for the camouflaging of troops and
objectives, taking into consideration desert and steppe background.
449. Rear area units and sub-units are echeloned in depth.
In cases of necessity, increased materiel supplies are
created for the troops.
In addition to motor transport, aircraft are employed
for supply and evacuation.
In addition to the normal types of supplies, water and
fuel must be supplied to the troops in deserts and steppes.
In order to supply troops with fuel and water, field
pipelines may be employed in addition to motor and air transport.
Rear area units and sub-units, as well as sources of
water, are protected by specially detached sub-units.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
.FCRFT
450. Retreat is a.,necessary type of combat operation. It
is executed in those cases where a decisive change in an un-
favorable situation can be effected only through temporary
abandonment of ground, to save friendly troops from an attack
by superior enemy forces, and to establish them in a more
favorable situation.
When in close contact with the enemy, a retreat
normally begins by disengagement.
Troop retreat must be executed in a well-organized
manner, secretly, and only on the order of the senior commander.
451. The disengagement and retreat of the division (corps)
main body should be carried out suddenly at night or in other
conditions of limited visibility. Until nightfall the troops
should make every effort to hold the positions they occupy.
However, the situation may compel troops to disengage
and carry out a daylight retreat under conditions of good
visibility. The success of the operation to disengage in these
circumstances will depend on speed and surprise, on skillful
use of the terrain, and the extensive use of engineer obstacles
and smoke screens. During a daylight retreat particular attention
must be paid to antiaircraft defense and to defense against atomic
weapons and other means of mass destruction
Disengagement by the division (corps) main body is in all
circumstances executed under the cover of specially designated
reinforced motorized-rifle and tank sub-units. These sub-units
remain in place for a period of time specified by the large unit
commander in order to deceive the enemy about the nature of the
operations by conducting activities of the type executed prior to
retreat. The sub-units covering the operation of disengagement by
the division (corps) main body begin to disengage themselves
after the main body has passed through the line occupied by the
rear guards.
452. If the enemy is conducting active operations, disengage-
ment takes place after air and artillery strikes against the most
threatening forces of the enemy, and after short counterattacks
have been made on a broad front or a powerful counterattack on one
axis. These actions disorganize the enemy and allow the main body
to disengage undetected.
Atomic and chemical weapons may be employed to support
disengagement by the division (corps) main body and to crush
powerful enemy forces carrying out an encirclement.
IM SECRET VM''
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-175-
SECRET
453. Retreat of the division (corps) main forces is executed
under the cover of rear guards.
The composition of the forces and weapons of rear guards
depends on the situation. Reinforced tank units and sub-units
normally are included in rear guards.
Rear guard operations are supported by specially
allocated artillery. Rear guards must be capable of accomplishing
their assigned missions independently, without relying on the
support of the main body.
In a division, retreat of the main forces may be carried
out under the cover of rear guards drawn from regiments, or under
cover of a general rear guard for the division. Retreat of a
division along several routes may be covered simultaneously by
a general divisional rear guard, and by regimental rear guards on
individual routes.
454. The primary mission of rear guards is to protect the main
forces when breaking off contact with the enemy and during their
withdrawal to the designated area or line.
In order to protect the retreat of the disengaged
division (corps) main forces, the rear guards occupy the
designated line in advance and retain it for the period ordered
by the division (corps) commander.
commander, withdraw from line
to
line, making
obstacles and demolitions in
the
zone of their
must.tdelay the enemy attack,
and
gain the time
retreat of the main forces.
The
operations
of the rear guards on each line must be decisive and aggressive.
division (corps)
extensive use of
withdrawal. They
necessary for the
455. After they have passed the first line occupied by the
rear guards, the division (corps) main forces close up into
march columns and withdraw to the areas or lines indicated for
them.
Depending on the situation, the retreat of the main
forces may be executed either with or without combat deployment
on intermediate lines. The intermediate lines are specified by
the senior commander.
The combat deployment of the main forces, or a part
of them, on intermediate lines is expedient when it is necessary
to delay the enemy, to gain time for executing countermoves, and
for organizing rear area defense, or when the situation on an
adjacent front requires it.
The type and duration of combat for the main forces, or
part of the division forces, depend on the situation and-on what
the senior commander is trying to achieve by fighting on this line.
SECRET
Next, the rear guards, acting with the permission of the
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-176-
SECRET
In some circumstances, the division (corps) main forces
may be deployed to attack an enemy force moving or attempting
to move across withdrawal routes of our troops.
456. During a retreat, reconnaissance must collect timely
information on the strength, composition, type of operations
and intentions of the enemy, particularly when he is moving on
flanks of the division (corps). Reconnaissance should keep
continuous track of the situation on adjacent sectors, and also
determine if there are any obstacles and demolitions along the
withdrawal routes.
Reconnaissance groups are lift in the zone of retreat
and in the rear of the enemy in order to reconnoiter the enemy's
most important formations.
457. During a retreat, flank detachments or flank guards
(bokovyye pokhodnyye zastavy) are moved out to take counter-
measures against enemy close and deep envelopments. They cut
the probable movement routes of the enemy, set up obstacles,
and delay the enemy until the division (corps) main forces and
the rear guards have passed through.
During the combat deployment of rear guards and the
main forces on intermediate lines, the time of withdrawal from
line to line, as well as the sequence of the flank detachments'
and flank guards' operations must be coordinated with the operations
of adjacent units.
458. Defiles, bridges, and other crossing places and road
junctions on the withdrawal route, as well as key terrain features,
must be occupied in advance and held by helicopterborne advance
detachments or units and sub-units in order to prevent their
seizure by the enemy. These detachments hold the positions until
the main forces have passed through and until the approach of
the forward sub-units of the rear guards.
459. As the retreat of the troops in the divisional (corps)
zone of operations proceeds, bridges, roads, signal lines and
centers, and other field installations are destroyed, and various
types of obstacles are set up concurrently.
The division (corps) commander,_:establishes which
installations are to be destroyed on his order alone, and
appoints commanders and engineer sub-units to be responsible for
this. The remaining installations are destroyed on the order of
the commanders of the retreating units.
When there is a clear threat that installations will be
seized by the enemy, they are destroyed on order of the commanders
of units and sub-units defending these installations.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-177-
SECRET
Bridges and other crossing places on the retreat routes
are destroyed after friendly troops have crossed them, and only
on the order of the division (corps) commander or the rear guard
commander.
460. The artillery operating as part of the rear guard
destroys the enemy attacking frontally and enveloping from the
flanks, particularly his tank troops; it supports the counter-
attacks of its own troops and covers their withdrawal to the next
line.
The artillery which is retreating as part of the division
(corps) main forces receives instructions on the sequence of
possible deployment to support the rear guards, the main force,
and for countering enemy close and deep envelopment.
461. The antiaircraft defense troops cover the operations
of the rear guard and the retreat of the main forces. Medium
caliber tube antiaircraft artillery and missile antiaircraft
artillery are employed to cover the troops retreating on the
main axis.
462. The tank regiment of a motorized-rifle division may
comprise the division rear guard, or may be included in the
main forces in order to operate against enemy close and deep
envelopments.
The tanks of motorized-rifle regiments are normally
employed for joint operations with the covering sub-units and
in the rear guard.
463. Aviation accomplishes the following missions in support
of a retreat:
--conducts reconnaissance of the enemy, particularly the
enemy threatening the flanks of the retreating troops;
--strikes at the enemy main body and prevents him from
carrying out close and deep envelopment;
--destroys enemy airborne forces which are dropping on the
retreat routes;
--destroys bridges captured by the enemy, sections of roads,
and other installations after the withdrawal of our troops;
--adjusts the fire of long-range artillery;
--covers the division (corps) main forces and their rear
guards from enemy air strikes as the main forces break from combat
formations to march formations, during the march, and particularly
during the passage of defiles, bridges, and other crossing places
and large inhabited places, as well as in their concentration areas.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-178-
SECRET
464. Engineer support for a retreat is of particular
importance. When it is being organized, the following are taken
into consideration: the construction of obstacles and demolitions
on the most probable axis of enemy attack, particularly on
roads and on the flanks of the retreating troops; the preparation
of roads; the construction and maintenance of crossings; and the
organization of combat deployment lines for the rear guards and
the division (corps) main forces.
465. A division (corps) commander who has received an
order to retreat makes his decisions and issues a battle
order in which he normally indicates the following:
--the latest information about the enemy;
--the purpose of the division (corps) retreat, the sequence
of disengagement and retreat;
--the missions to be accomplished by adjacent units;
--the missions of the units (large units), the zones
of the withdrawal, the movement routes, the final line of the
retreat (concentration area), the sequence and time for
disengaging, the sequence of closing into march columns, the
phase lines, the times at which they will be crossed, possible
intermediate lines at which the troops will deploy for combat,
and the missions at each line;
--the composition of the rear guards, and of the forward
and flank detachments, the lines which they must occupy, and
the time period for which they must hold these lines;
--the composition and missions of the troops covering
the disengagement of the division (corps) main forces, the
time period these troops must hold their positions, and the
method of their operations;
--the missions utilizing atomic and chemical weapons
and artillery missions, during the disengagement and the retreat;
--the missions of antiaircraft defense units;
--the organization of troop control and of communications
and the method of traffic control.
When the withdrawing troops are supported by aviation,
the division (corps) commander specifies its missions, the targets
to be attacked, and the schedule of operations.
The large unit commander, in addition, indicates:
--the method of coordination during disengagement and
retreat;
I` SECRET J
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-179-
M SECRET
--measures to counteract enemy close and deep eavelopments,
and also to destroy the enemy airborne forces landed on the
withdrawal route;
--measures to hold defiles, bridges, and other crossing
places until the division (corps) has passed;
--the order in which various targets will be destroyed,
the establishment of obstacles during the retreat, and other
measures of engineer support and concealment;
--the combat security tasks, the sequence of retreat of
rear service units and sub-units, and the::method of organizing
materiel, technical, and medical support.
466. Troop control during disengagement is effected from
the forward command post. The command post moves with the
main forces.
After the retreating troops have closed up into
columns, the forward command post moves to a place from which
the division (corps) commander can maintain constant control of
the main force and the rear guard.
The rear services control point is moved concurrently
with the withdrawal of the rear service units.
During a retreat, special attention must be paid to
support of communications with the rear guards, flank detachments
(flank guards), reconnaissance sub-units, and adjacent units.
In order to assist troop retreat, measures are taken
to clear the roads, and particular attention is paid to traffic
control in the zone of the retreating troops.
467. All rear service units and sub-units not required for
the immediate support of the troops are withdrawn in proper
time to the areas designated for them. The sick and wounded are
evacuated beforehand. Only essential mobile reserves of materiel
resources and part of the repair-evacuation and medical resources
remain with the units and large units. Medical sub-units
supporting the rear guards are provided with motor transport, if
necessary, for the timely evacuation of the sick and wounded.
SECRET,
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-180-
sFriiT
COMBAT IN ENCIRCLEMENT
AND-
THE BREAKOUT FOR ENCIRCLEMENT
468. Encirclement may occur in defense and during a retreat
as a result of an attack by superior enemy forces, their appearance
on the flanks and in the rear of our troops, and the formation
of a continuous front around our troops.
A large unit which, as a result of a swift offensive,
finds itself deep within the enemy disposition, with enemy
troops on its flanks and in its rear, must not consider itself
surrounded, and must continue to accomplish its assigned missions
decisively.
469. Troops can avoid encirclement by skillful operations,
but if it should occur they ninst fight on stubbornly, supporting
the accomplishment of the over-all combat mission by their
aggressive operations.
Great stability, initiative, and decisiveness on the
part of all commanders, stamina and tenacity on the part of the
troops, surprise and aggressiveness in operations, and the
skillful maneuvering of forces and weapons are the decisive
factors of successful combat when surrounded and when breaking
out of encirclement.
470. A commander must take every precaution not to allow
his large unit to be surrounded. For this purpose he must:
--reinforce reconnaissance and the security of flanks,
gaps, and of the rear of his own troops;
--shift his own troops, particularly tanks and artillery,
to threatened sectors, and reinforce the defense of critical axes
of tank approach;
--in coordination with adjacent units, rout enemy envelop-
ment, and destroy his airborne and seaborne landings by massive
and concentrated artillery fire, by decisive attacks by the
second echelons and reserves, and by taking maximum advantage
of the effects of atomic and air strikes;
--take measures to maintain uninterrupted contact with
the senior commander and adjacent units;
--redistribute and, where possible, replenish the reserves
of ammunition, fuel, and rations, and prescribe their consumption
rate;
--take measures to expedite the evacuation of sick and
wounded, and of excess equipment and other material resources.
SECRE
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-181-
SECRET
471. If a division (corps) is encircled, the commander acts
independently to break out of the encirclement in order to
restore the situation. At the same time he reports this to the
senior commander and, according to his instructions, continues
fighting within the encirclement or organizes a breakout.
472. When a division (corps) is surrounded, it is essential
to retain the area which is occupied, to avoid concentrating
one's troops in a small area where they could be easily destroyed
by atomic strikes, and to prepare conditions for a breakout from
encirclement.
This is achieved by: setting up all-round defense;
detailing of strong reserves; reinforcing troops on critical
axes of tank approach with more antitank weapons; the destruction
of enemy forces, attempting to compress the ring of encirclement
or to break up the surrounded troops, by employing atomic weapons,
air strikes, and artillery fire; counterattacks aimed at
destroying enemy penetration of the defense; planning and executing
the shift of forces and weapons to reinforce threatened sectors;
the dispersal of reserve, artillery, and control point locations,
and the creation of forces to break out of the encirclement.
If units (sub-units) of other large units are within
the encircled area, the division (corps) commander must take
them under his command and integrate the efforts of all troops
in the encircled area.
473. A large part of the artillery of encircled troops is
employed under central control, and is prepared to shift and
repel attacks from any direction.
In order to assist the operations of a surrounded large
unit and its breakout from encirclement, heavy rocket and
missile artillery belonging to troops outside the encircled
area are employed.
Aviation, in addition to accomplishing the normal
missions, and in coordination with the antiaircraft artillery,
takes action against the air blockade of the encircled troops,
supplies them with ammunition, weapons, fuel, rations, and other
materiel requirements, evacuates the sick and wounded, and sometimes
the encircled troops, and assists the senior commander outside
the encirclement in maintaining communications with the encircled
troops.
474. In the encircled area, strict rationing of the consumption
of all types of materiel resources is established; the reception
of aircraft and helicopters bringing ammunition, fuel, rations, and
other supplies is organized, as are the reception and collection of
supplies dropped by parachute.
SECRET 'M
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-182-
SFC'PFT
Landing strips for aircraft and helicopters are
constructed in areas beyond the range of enemy ground observation.
475. During combat in encirclement on a seacoast, large
units of the navy may be drawn in to accomplish the following
missions:
--to strike at enemy troops combating the encircled
grouping;
--to cover the encircled troops from strikes by enemy
vessels and aviation;
--to bring reinforcements of men and materiel to the
encircled troops;
--to evacuate the encircled troops by sea.
476. If a part of a division (corps) is encircled, the division
(corps) commander must support the operations of the encircled
troops by fire of all kinds, and must form a task force to assist
the escape of the encircled troops, coordinating their operations
in breaking through the encirclement with the troops within the
encirclement.
477. The breakout of a division (corps) from encirclement
must be well organized and includes the defeat of enemy units
blocking the breakout of encircled troops and their linking up with
friendly troops. A breakout from encirclement by small groups and
without combat equipment is not permissible.
478. It is essential to execute the breakout from encirclement
in the most suitable direction which can ensure the rapid and
concealed concentration of troops, the best employment of forces
and weapons, a swift breakout from encirclement, and a link-up
with friendly troops. During a breakout from encirclement, a tank
division breaks through the encirclement generally in that
direction where the enemy antitank defense is weakest and the
terrain is favorable for tank operations.
The attack by the encircled troops to break through the
enemy front should be coordinated with the attack of troops from
outside the encirclement and is normally designed for linking up
with the latter.
In order to divert part of the enemy forces from the
breakout sector and to deceive them, troops supporting the breakout
also launch attacks in other directions. These attacks are carried
out earlier or at the same time as the attack in the breakout
sector.
It is expedient to break out at night or in other
conditions of bad visibility. However, the situation may demand
a breakout by the troops during daylight.
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-183-
SECRET
479. In order to break out, a shock group is formed in the
division (corps) in which not less than half the total strength
of the forces and-the main mass of tanks and artillery are
included; this group is supported by aviation. On the remaining
front of the encirclement the necessary number of covering troops
are deployed with the mission of holding their positions and
preventing the enemy from compressing the area of the encircle-
ment. Strong blocking forces are detailed to counteract enemy
attempts to close the encirclement which has been forced open
during the breakout.
Troops assigned to blocking and covering are reinforced
by tanks and artillery, primarily tank-destroying artillery, and
by sub-units of engineer and chemical troops with the necessary
equipment.
Reserves are positioned in areas from which they can
move most conveniently in any direction, ready to support the troops
detailed for covering operations, and to exploit the success of
the breakout.
480. In organizing a breakout from encirclement, the large
unit commander, in assigning the combat missions, indicates the
following:
--the sector (sectors) and direction of the breakout;
--the grouping of force and weapons for executing the
breakout and for holding the remainder of the front, and their
missions;
--the composition and missions of the troops assigned
as blocking forces;
--the sectors where feints are to be made and the forces
and weapons allocated for this purpose;
--the targets and timing of atomic strikes, and also the
sequence in which other means of mass destruction, Artillery,
and aviation, will be employed;
--the timing and method of the breakout;
--measures to achieve secrecy and surprise in the breakout;
--the order in which combat equipment will be brought out
of encirclement;
--the order and priority in which the units which are
covering the breakout will be brought out;
--the method of coordination within the large unit and
with the troops operating outside the encirclement;
Oft SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-184-
SECRET
--the missions of engineer chemical troop units (sub-units)
in support of the breakout;
--the organization of control and communications during
the breakout, and the arrangements for linking up with and for
identifying friendly troops operating from outside the
encirclement;
--the method of materiel and technical support of the
troops, measures for evacuation of the sick and wounded, and
for bringing rear service units and sub-units out of the
encirclement.
In addition, the large unit commander indicates what
should be demolished or destroyed and when, and appoints the
commanders and engineer troop sub-units responsible for this.
481. A breakout from encirclement normally is executed
after artillery and air preparation. During a breakout at
night it is sometimes advantageous to make a surprise attack
without artillery and air preparation.
By a swift attack, the main strike grouping breaks
through the front of encirclement and links up with the troops
advancing to meet it.
After the breakout and linking up with friendly troops,
the main forces of the strike grouping of troops allocated for
the breakout are employed immediately to widen the breach or
to prevent the enemy from closing the gap and to ensure the
escape of all encircled troops.
482. The rear service units and sub-units are collected
into one or two columns and escape from the encirclement by
moving behind the troops which have created the breach. As
first priority, transport is used for the evacuation of the
sick and wounded.
Part of the combined-arms reserve may be detailed to
cover the rear service units and sub-units.
483. The troops assigned to covering operations begin their
withdrawal on order of the commander who is organizing the
breakout from encirclement. They withdraw from line to line,
making extensive use of obstacles. Their withdrawal must be
supported by artillery fire and air operations. Part of the
division (corps) reserve may be brought up to an intermediate line
in order to support the withdrawal of the troops allocated to
covering operations.
The units (sub-units) protecting the flanks withdraw
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-185-
SECRET
If the enemy succeeds in closing the breach, the
troops which have broken out of the encirclement must turn back
toward those units which have remained in the encirclement and
immediately attack the enemy in order to effect a second break-
through of his front.
484. During a breakout from encirclement, the large unit
commander normally moves with the striking force.
A group of staff officers, normally headed by the
deputy division (corps) commander, is appointed to control the
troops allocated as blocking and covering forces.
Communications during encirclement must ensure control
of the surrounded troops and their coordination with the troops
attacking from outside.
..:............... .
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-186-
SECRET
CHAPTER X
REGROUPING AND RELIEF OF TROOPS
485. The regrouping of division (corps) troops is conducted
in order to create a new troop grouping during their switch to
another type of combat; when shifting the effort to a new
direction during the course of combat; and also for the restora-
tion or reinforcement of existing groupings.
486. Regrouping of troops may be carried out from rear to
front, along the front, and also from front to rear.
Regrouping from the rear to the front is executed
by moving the second echelons and the reserves forward.
Along the front, regrouping is conducted by shifting
the second echelons, the reserves, or parts of the first echelon
forces from one sector of the front to another in accordance with
the missions and demands of the situation.
Regrouping from the front to the rear is executed by
removing part of the forces from the first echelon or by shifting
the reserves and second echelons, and also by changing the width
of the zone.
Regrouping of first echelon units (large units) normally
precedes their relief.
487. Regrouping of troops must be simple in concept and
accomplishment and be conducted rapidly and secretively, normally
at night or in other conditions of limited visibility. In cases
of extreme necessity it may be carried out at any time of the day.
During a regrouping, routes of troop movement are
designated which expedite their speediest arrival on the new axis
(in the new area). Separate routes may be assigned for the rear
units.
488. In making a decision to regroup, the division (corps)
commander takes into consideration:
--the purpose of the regrouping, what formation of troops
to have on the new axis (in the new area) and the timing;
--the order in which the units (large units) are regrouped:
the sequence and times of relief, the time of arrival of the
troops in the new axis (in the new area) and their missions,
routes, movement zones, method of movement, and the time that they
pass their departure points and phase lines;
--the organization of control and communications during
the regrouping.
SECRET ANOW
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
IMM SE6it T
In addition, the large unit commander plans engineer
and combat support measures, particularly antiaircraft defense,
commandant's service, the organization of materiel, technical
and medical support for the troops, and supervision of the
course of the regrouping.
489. If regrouping of a large unit in a new direction is
executed in order to seize and hold suitable terrain features
in the sector of forthcoming operations, the division commander
sends out a forward detachment, or conducts a tactical airborne
landing operation.
When the large unit has arrived in its designated area,
it operates in accordance with its assigned mission.
490. The relief of troops is normally conducted at night.
Preparations for relieving troops normally are carried out during
the hours of daylight.
For the organized movement of relieving troops to the
sectors where the relief is to take place, departure areas are
designated and assembly areas are designated for the relieved
units after they have been replaced.
When selecting the departure areas (assembly areas)
it is essential to take into consideration the existence of
concealed approaches leading to relief sectors (assembly areas)
and the possibilities of dispersed and concealed deployment of
units there.
The relief should be carried out in such a way that
the relieved units are able to reach their assembly areas
before dawn.
During a troop relief the first to move forward are
the artillery and thoseLunits whose preparation for combat
requires a longer time.
The sub-units defending the forward position are
relieved last.
If the enemy threatens to undertake aggressive operations,
the main body of the troops being relieved moves to concentration
areas, and part of them, on order of the senior commander, may be
left temporarily as a reserve or a second echelon, in readiness
to repel enemy attacks.
In order to keep the combat formations intact during
the relief, the artillery of the troops to be relieved displaces
from its firing positions after the newly arrived infantry and
tanks have effected their relief, and have taken up their positions.
MM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-1.88-
1 SECRET
491. Having received an order to relieve, the commander of
the relieving large unit, in company with the commander of
the large unit (unit) to be relieved, conducts a reconnaissance
during which he studies and checks the information about the
enemy, the sectors (zones) in which relief will take place,
the combat formation, the disposition of firing means and
obstacles of the troops being relieved, the departure areas
before the relief, and the routes for the movement of troops to
the relief sectors.
At the same time the commanders of the relieving large
unit (unit) and the large unit to be relieved agree on the
following:
--the time and sequence of the relief;
--the distribution of routes of movement and of lines
of communication;
--the locations of departure areas and assembly areas,
the sequence of troop concentration in these areas, and also
the move out of the departure areas;
--the control of the movement of troops and the allocation
of guides to them;
--the organization of control and communications during
the relief;
--the transfer of rear units and sub-units;
--combat support measures and the maintenance of secrecy
of the relief;
--the periods and sequence of joint efforts by subordinate
commanders in arranging the relief;
--the organization of transfer of responsibility for the
zones (sectors) and of obstacles (primarily minefields and other
explosive obstacles);
--the sequence of turnover of communications lines of
reserves of materiel equipment, and of weapons.
492. In order to prevent a surprise attack by the enemy during
the relief, reconnaissance, security, and other measures of combat
support are intensified.
During the relief, strict measures are taken to maintain
the existing status of troop activity in the sector to be relieved,
and to maintain secrecy of movement to the front by the relieving
troops and by the relieved troops to their assembly areas.
AM SECRET.~s
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-189-
SPCPPT
If the enemy goes over to the offensive during a relief,
the commander of the large unit (unit) being relieved takes
command of both his own troops and of the relieving troops. If
the commander of the relieving large unit (unit) is senior,
then he commands both his own troops and those to be relieved.
493. The relief is considered accomplished when the
commander of the relieving large unit (unit) reports its
completion to his immediate commanding officer.
When relief occurs, the necessary documents are handed
over to the troops taking over the defenses.
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-190-
SECRET
CHAPTER XI
TROOP MOVEMENTS
1. GENERAL SITUATION
494. Troops execute march movements by vehicle, railroad,
water, and air transport, or by a combination of these means.
When necessary motorized-rifle units and sub-units can move on
foot.
Regardless of the means of movement, troops must
arrive in the designated area on time and completely combat
ready.
secretly.
Troop movement should be performed rapidly and
The need for movement can arise suddenly. Therefore,
troops must always be prepared for it.
Irrespective of the time and means of movement,
particular attention must be given to the organization of combat
security, especially camouflage and the defense of the troops
against atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, as
well as to antiaircraft defense.
495. As a rule, marches must be executed at night or under
other conditions of limited visibility.
When executing a daytime march, troops disperse as
much as possible in width and in depth.
496. Depending on the missions and the situation, marches
can be executed toward the front, along the front (flank march)
and from front to rear. Marches are classified as normal or
forced, according to the degree of their intensity and speed.
The speed of movement of troops on the march and
the length of a day's march depend on the mission, the length
of the column, the training of the drivers, the condition of
the roads, means of transport, weather, and the time of year
and day; on the average, normal march may be as follows:
11 SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-191-
SECRET
Large Units nits and
Average Speed of Length
o a
Means of Movement
Movement in Km/Hr Day's
i
K
March
Nighttime
n
Daytime
ms.
Motorized Rifle, Tank and
Tank-Destroyer Artillery
Large Units (Units)
Army Artillery, Heavy and
15-20
20-25 180-2
50
Special Artillery
Motorized Rifle Units
and Sub-Units:
Up to 15
15-20 150-2
00
a) On Foot
b) On Skis 5 5 35-40
When required, the length of a day's march for army
artillery, heavy, and special artillery can be increased by increasing
the number of hours of movement.
497. As a rule, forced marches must be executed in anticipation
of making contact with the enemy, upon commitment of a division
(corps) into a battle (engagement), during pursuit of the enemy,
while regrouping in a complex situation, during a retreat, and
in all cases where a clear threat of enemy atomic attack exists.
Forced marches are achieved by the greatest possible
speed under given conditions and by expenditure of the greater
part of a 24-hour period. A day's forced march by vehicle can
cover 300-350 km, and up to 45 km on foot.
498. Zones of movement or march routes are assigned to a
division (corps) for execution of a march. As a rule, the
distance between march routes must preclude the possibility of
destruction of two parallel moving columns by a single burst of an
atomic bomb (shell) of medium yield.
As far as possible, march routes must not pass through
densely populated areas, road junctions, or defiles.
499. The organization of the march and the grouping of troops
on the march, in anticipation of contact with the enemy, must
conform to the intended plan of action of the troops in the impending
battle.
If contact with the enemy is not anticipated on the march,
columns should be made up of units having the same march speed.
When the situation permits, it is expedient for tanks
*nd large-caliber artillery executing a long-distance march to be
carried by rail (water) transport; in addition to this, tanks can
be carried on special transport.
SECRET "'
smomor
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-192-
SECRET
500. In making a decision to march, the division (corps)
commander considers the distance from the'eiemy and the probability
of contact with him, the possibility of *ttrack on the troops
by enemy air or other means; he determines the distance and time
required to execute the move; he analyzes the zone of movement
and march route and organizes their reconnaissance; he determines
the main direction and areas of possible contact with the enemy;
he designates the march formation of the large unit, the order
of movement and security of troops on the march, the possible
grouping and sequence of troop action when the enemy is met, and
he issues preliminary orders regarding preparation of troops for
the march.
501. Ia assigning missions for the march, the division
(corps) commander indicates:
--information on the enemy and areas of possible contact
with him;
--the division (corps) mission and his plan of operations
upon meeting the enemy;
--composition and missions,of the reconnaissance detachment
(detachments), advance detachments, and security detachments;
--composition and missions of march security detachments;
--missions of units (large units), routes (zones) of
movement, departure lines (points), pha "lines and the time
schedule for reaching them; places for long halts and their
duration, areas and time of rest breaks, concentration areas,
and time of arrival;
--measures for antiaircraft defense and protection of
troops against enemy weapons of mass destruction.
Besides this, the commander indicates the sequence of
coordinated action of troops in the event of deployment and the
conduct of battle during a clash with the enemy. He also issues
directives for all-round security of the march, for organization
of commandant's service, control, and communications.
502. A division (corps) march,formation oonsints of several
march columns. In isolated cases the division can execute a march
in a single march column. The composition and number of march
columns are determined by the division (corps) mission, the
situation, the availability of roads and cross-country routes in
the zone of movement, and the type, of impending combat, when
encounter with the enemy is anticipated.
In order to facilitate control, lessen vulnerability
to enemy atomic weapons and air strikes, and speed deployment into
combat formation, the division march columns break up in depth into
unit columns, and then into battalion (division) columns.
S E C R E TllNl!
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-193-
SECRET
The situation and ease of movement determine the
intervals between battalion (division) columns. However, in
all instances, the intervals must be such as to preclude the
possibility that two columns, one following behind the other,
can be destroyed by a single atomic bomb (shell) burst. At
the same time, the over-all column length of large units and
units should be as short as possible.
503. When a motorized-rifle division executes a march in
anticipation of contact with the enemy, the division tank regiment
normally moves in the main direction, either at the head of the
main forces column or independently by a separate route. If
required, the tank regiment can constitute the advance detachment.
In a tank division, the motorized-rifle regiment
normally follows the tank regiments.
504. On a march intended for making contact with the enemy,
artillery is distributed throughout the columns of troops in
order to facilitate its timely deployment and commitment to
battle. Part of the artillery can be moved independently in
columns or by separate routes.
Small-caliber antiaircraft artillery on the march is
distributed throughout the columns to provide reliable cover
for troops on the march. Medium-caliber antiaircraft artillery
can follow independently by column and by groups of batteries at
the head of the main forces column, prepared to deploy or move
forward in advance to cover troop passage through defiles, over
bridges and other crossing points, and across road junctions. All
antiaircraft artillery must be prepared to cover troops during
their deployment and commitment to combat.
In addition, a division (corps) can be covered by
fighter aircraft and antiaircraft missile artillery, according
to the plan of the senior commander.
505. Basic intelligence missions during a march when
anticipating contact with the enemy are: detection of the enemy,
determination of his strength, composition, groupings, the nature
of his operations and intentions, with emphasis on locating, in
the zone of movement, airborne forces, atomic weapons, and other
Means of mass destruction; the collection of necessary information
about the terrain along the routes and in areas of probable contact
,pith the enemy; and location of sectors of terrain contaminated
by radioactive and poisonous substances or bacteriological agents.
506. Troops on a march anticipating contact with the enemy
are protected by march security. The strength and composition of
the security depend on the situation, above all on the position and
mature of enemy activities, the assigned mission, the march
formation, and terrain conditions.
SECRET '#N !I
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-194-
SECRET
Security to the front (along the movement route) is
accomplished y a vane guards or the leading march security
detachments. If a division executes a march on several routes,
each leading regiment sends out either an advance guard in the
strength of a reinforced battalion or advance march security
detachments each of reinforced company (platoon) size. The
advance guards can be detailed on the march routes of the
division main forces by the division commander's order. When
movement is in one column, the division front is secured by
one general advance guard, normally a reinforced regiment in
strength.
The interval between the advance guard and the main
body must be sufficient to ensure the latter's organized entry
into combat. Normally this interval constitutes the distance
which the main body can cross in 30 to 60 minutes.
Security on the flanks is accomplished by mobile and
stationary flank detachments, usually of reinforced battalion
size, or flank detachments of reinforced company (platoon) size,
sent toward the threatened flanks.
Stationary flank security is sent along the more
important axes to occupy and hold designated areas (objectives)
for a prescribed period of time.
Security to the rear (along the movement route) is
accomplished by rear guards and rear march security detachments.
If the division is executing a march from front to rear along
several march routes, each regiment bringing up the rear sends
out a rear guard, normally of reinforced battalion size, or a
rear march security detachment of reinforced company (platoon)
size. When the division moves in a single column, the division
secures its rear by one general rearguard, normally a reinforced
regiment in size.
The distance of the rear guard from the tail of the
main forces column must be sufficient to ensure them unhindered
movement. The rear guard requires from 30 to 60 minutes to close
this distance.
In troop movement to the front and on flank marches,
rear security normally is accomplished by rear march security
detachments of reinforced company (platoon) size.
Units and sub-units assigned to march security are
reinforced by artillery, tanks, engineer and chemical troop
sub-units, and by antiaircraft artillery.
Divisions and regiments which follow behind the forward-
moving divisions (regiments) send out only local security detach-
ments. In addition, under threat of enemy ground attack from
flank and rear, they can send out flank and rear security
detachments.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-195-
SECRET
507. Protection of troops against atomic weapons and other
means of mass destruction is organized post carefully when
moving through densely populated points, defiles, river crossings,
and in rest areas.
When the warning signal indicating danger from atomic
or chemical attack sounds, troops take the necessary protective
measures and, in the absence of special orders, continue the
movement.
Contaminated areas along the march route are bypassed.
When it is not possible to bypass, anti-chemical protective means
are used to cross the area.
Complete sanitary processing of personnel and degassing
(decontamination, disinfection) of weapons, combat, and other
materiel, is accomplished generally when troops arrive in areas
for long halts, rest, or in concentration areas.
508. Troops on the march must strictly observe the prescribed
order. Columns move only along the right side of the road. The
left side of the road is used for oncoming traffic and for passing.
As a rule, the passing of one column by another on the move is
prohibited. When it is necessary, it is done only with the corps
commander's consent, and in a division executing as independent
march on a separate march route, is dome only with the division
commander's permission. Passing requires observation of the
following rule: when passing occurs on the move, the overtaken
column pulls over to the shoulder of the road and stops, and on
occasion may even pull off the road.
Troops traverse defiles and bridges without stopping
and in the order established by the large unit (unit) commander.
I& bridge-crossing, measures are taken to assure the security of
the troops. Engineer troop sub-units and repair-evacuation
equipment are dispatched for stream crossings and for sectors
of the route that are difficult to negotiate.
509. Movement of a column is regulated by phase lines or
by checkpoints. Every unit is given a departure point or line,
phase lines, and schedules for crossing them. Phase lines are
usually assigned as follows: for a division - every 3-4 hours
of movement, for regiments - every 2-3 hours of movement.
Troops cross the departure line and the phase lines
according to the schedules established for them by the heads
of columns.
Departure points and phase lines should not be
assigned along rivers or defiles.
Prior to the start of the march, concentrations larger
than battalion size in one place are not allowed.
,AIMSECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-196-
SECRET
510. In order to preserve troop strength, to check the
technical condition of vehicles, and perform necessary maintenance,
short and long halts, day (night), and 24-hour rest periods are
prescribed.
Short halts are prescribed: for motorized rifle large
units (units) moving on armored (vehicular) transport, tank
large units (units), and for towed artillery, of 20-30 minutes
duration, the first halt 1-2 hours after beginning movement,
the following ones after every 2-3 hours of movement; for infantry
moving on foot - 10 minute duration, the first halt 30 minutes
after the march starts, the following ones after every 50
minutes of movement.
Long halts for all arms of troops are usually
prescribed a e beginning of the second half of the 24-hour
period of march, and are 2-4 hours long; for night movement
and on a march lasting less than 24 hours, long halts usually
are not prescribed.
Daytime (nighttime)rest is prescribed after a
nighttime a me mart .
A 24-hour rest is prescribed for all arms of troops
after 3-4 twenty-four-hour periods of march.
On short halts, columns stop, while maintaining the
intervals established for the march. Personnel dismount from
vehicles and disperse to the right of the road.
On long halts, daytime (nighttime), and 24-hour
rest periods, it is necessary to assign areas which are suitable
for protection against atomic weapons and other means of mass
destruction and for camouflage of the troops, and which also
have sufficient natural cover and water sources. On halts,
troops are disposed by battalion (by division), dispersed, and
in an order which ensures the least loss of time in re-forming
the column.
511. When the column stops for a long halt, the march
security detachments halt on advantageous terrain and continue
to maintain security.
During a daytime (nighttime) or 24-hour rest period
halt, march security detachments become bivouac security
detachments or are relieved by newly-assigned bivouac security
detachments.
512. Engineer support of_ the march includes the following:
engineer reconnaissance of roads, defiles, bridges, and other
water crossings, of halt and rest areas, and of water supply
sources; obstacle removal, preparation, and camouflage of
movement routes, crossing sites, halt, and rest areas, and
equipping them with cover and points of water supply; and ensuring
troop passage across difficult stretches of roads.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-197-
SECRET
Units and sub-units of engineer troops are distributed
on the march among large units and units, and within these -
among security units (sub-units) and the main forces.
A movement support detachment is assigned to each
march route. Depending on the situation, it either moves out
in advance or follows with the organs of march security.
513. Communications on the march are ensured mainly by
mobile means. The dispatch of staff officers to the troops
by helicopter is also widely used.
Radio sets maintain listening alert and are in
readiness to transmit.
Circumstances under which radio and radio-relay sets
may transmit are established by higher headquarters and stem
from the situation and protection of march secrecy.
March wire communications are provided on the authority
of the headquarters which organizes the march.
The division (corps) commander, with his officer group,
normally moves at the head of the division (corps) main forces
column; the staff - with the main forces column.
514. When the march is organized, all troop mobile
reserves are replenished to the established norms.
During the march, as a rule, mobile reserves
replenishment is effected in rest areas by vehicle,or, when
necessary, by air transport. Places and time of dispatch of
freight from army transport to division transport are established
by the army deputy commander for the rear.
Rear service units and sub-units move with their own
divisions (regiments) on the march in independent columns.
Separate regimental rear service sub-units can move with division
rear service units.
515. When executing a night march, troops move at closer
intervals, noise and light discipline are tightened, and the
march routes are marked by route indicators visible in the
darkness. Tanks and other vehidles move with blackout lights or
using night-vision instruments. The distance of march security
detachments is decreased and close security is increased.
In order to expedite the march, the following are done
before aighfall whenever possible: movement routes are reconnoitered,
control of troop movement is organized, roads and bridges are
repaired, stream crossings are set up, and cross-country routes
are laid out.
IMSECRET OWV
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-199-
SECRET
Security of the flanks has particular importance
during a march through mountainous country. For this purpose,
stationary flank security units are sent out which occupy
positions on commanding heights and in mountain passes.
519. When organizing a march in desert or steppe areas
the distance to be covered normally depends on the existence
of sources of water and reserves of fuel along the movement
route, or on the possibilities of transporting water and fuel.
Before the march it is essential to supply the
troops, combat vehicles, trucks, and other vehicles with
sufficient reserves of water to last them to the nearest source
of water or water supply point.
3. TRANSPORTATION OF TROOPS
520. For loading (unloading) troops for transportation by
rail (water), loading (unloading) stations or areas (ports,
piers) are established. Every area includes several stations
(ports, piers).
Normally a regiment loads (unloads) at one station,
or (port, pier).
Before loading the troops are deployed in a staging
area, and after unloading - in an assembly area.
The distance of staging areas and assembly areas
from the stations (port, pier) is determined by the conditions
of the terrain, and by considerations involving the organization
of troop protection against atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction; normally they are not closer together than
5 kilometers.
Loading and unloading must be carried out within the
allotted time, secretly, with a speedy clearing of the area of
the station area (port, pier) of freight, and with the speedy
removal of troops to their assembly area.
521. From the time of arrival at the station (port, pier, air-
field) for loading (unloading), the troops to be transported obey
the orders of the military transport authorities with respect
to the order of loading (unloading), as well as during transport
and with respect to the observance of the rules of conduct during
the journey. When traveling by air-transport, they obey the
orders of the responsible aviation commander,
522. The division (corps) commander who has received orders
to transport his troops, decides on the distribution of the units
(large units) to the loading stations (ports, piers), the order
in which loading will take place, the staging areas for the troops
before loading, and the movement routes to them,
JOW SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
-198-
_1 SECRET
The column movement must be timed to end so that the
troops succeed in taking up positions in the assigned area and
in camouflaging before dawn.
516. A winter march through deep snow and in low
temperatures requires the preparation and maintenance of
roads in passable condition, measures to prevent frostbite
among the troops, and measures to increase the roadability
of tracked and wheeled vehicles by use of special equipment.
Flank march security units are sent out on vehicles
with increased roadability, or stationary flank security is
organized.
Long halts are not normally prescribed in extreme
cold, but measures are taken to provide the troops with hot
food. Short halts are arranged more frequently.
It is essential to complete the march in places
sheltered from the wind and supplied with fuel.
517. When organizing a march during a thaw, it is
essential to take into consideration the formation of stronger
march support detachments, the detailing of tow vehicles to
difficult sectors of the route, and other measures to improve
the roadability of wheeled and tracked vehicles and technical
maintenance in these conditions.
In order to assist vehicles which have bogged down,
and to ensure uninterrupted movement, vehicles with increased
roadability in these conditions should be distributed through-
out the columns.
518. A march through mountainous country is organized
according to the profile.of the route. Particular attention
must be paid to the preparation of routes at ascents and
descents and to cover for the troops during the passage of
ravines, mountain passes, and crossings of mountain rivers.
The rate of march of the troops decreases when
negotiating passes, descents, and ascents, and the interval
between vehicles is increased.
Over mountain passes and along narrow roads traffic
is one-way only; barriers and visible markers are set up at
dangerous places. Additional tow equipment and control posts
equipped with radio or wire communications are set up at narrow
places, at sharp corners, and in passes.
Forward detachments are sent out or tactical airborne
drops are made at exits from ravines and at road junctions in
order to forestall the enemy in the seizure of mountain passes.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246A029300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-200-
F('PFT
In order to support the troop movement, the large
unit commander, in addition, indicates:
--engineer support measures for preparing the staging
areas and the approach routes to them and to the loading stations
(ports, piers);
--arrangements for setting up combat support for the
troops, particularly antiaircraft defense and troop defense
against weapons of mass destruction;
--arrangements for materiel, technical, and medical
support, and the feeding of the troops during the journey;
--measures for preserving military secrecy.
During the troop movement particular attention must be
paid to preserving the organizational integrity of units and
sub-units.
523. Transportation planning for a division (corps) move-
ment by water is conducted under the direction of the chief of
harbor transportation, at the request of the division (corps)
staff.
The number of piers assigned for troop loading
(unloading) depends on the degree to which the piers are equipped
with loading (unloading) equipment, and on their size.
524. If necessary a division (corps) may be transported by
the combined use of rail, water, and air transport, with the
concurrent move of separate units (sub-units) by vehicle. In
this case, tanks, heavy-caliber artillery with tracked prime
movers,. tractors, and heavy loads are normally transported by
rail or water.
525. When organizing and planning troop transportation by
air, the division (corps) commander must: in conjunction with
the large unit air commander concerned, determine the sequence
of troop transportation and make the necessary calculations for
it; he must designate the staging areas (assembly areas), and
the sequence and timing of the concentration of the troops there
before take-off (after landing); he must indicate the measures
of combat support.
526. If time permits, a large unit (unit) scheduled for
air transportation conducts preliminary training in embarking
in aircraft (helicopters) and in debarking, as well as in loading
and unloading weapons, armored, motor-tractor vehicles and other
equipment, and freight; instruction is given in the conduct of
personnel during the flight.
4M SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-201-
SFC PFT
527. Defense of the transported troops against enemy air
strikes in the staging areas, boarding areas (loading), in
flight, and in the deplaxiag areas (unloading areas) is carried
out by the commander (chief) who organizes the transportation
of troops by air.
528. Troops transported by rail and water are supplied, as
a rule, with completely mobile reserves of all types of materiel,
and, in addition, rations for the Journey and debarkation in the
quantity determined by the senior commander.
When transporting troops by air, only such mobile
reserves are carried as are specified by the senior commander
organizing the move.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-202-
r- r D P T
DISPOSITION OF TROOPS AT A HALT
529. As a rule, troops at a halt are disposed in natural
features, in woods, and in bushes. Disposition of troops in
populated areas or in places previously mined should be avoided.
In some cases troops can have combined dispositions, both
outside and within populated localities.
Troops build slit trenches for defense against atomic
weapons, and for protection against inclement weather, use tents,
build huts and dugouts, and adapt the slit trenches. During an
extended stay in a position, troops prepare bunkers and shelters,
constructed for anti-atomic and anti-chemical environment.
Cover is set up for weapons, armor, auto-tractors and
other materiel, and for materiel reserves.
530. Areas in which troops are disposed must ensure the
following:
--dispersion and concealed dispositions;
--the possibility of rapid assembly on signal, deploy-
ment for battle, and commitment to combat;
--comfortable billeting and rest for the troops;
--favorable sanitary-epidemic and veterinary-epizootic
conditions;
--availability of sufficient sources of water, of roads,
and of access routes suitable for movement of transport.
Reconnaissance groups are sent out in advance to select
areas for the disposition of troops. They include officers of the
arms of troops, special troops, and services, and representatives
from units (senior members of the billeting party).
In addition to the main disposition areas, units of the
division (corps) are assigned reserve areas. Entry into these
is authorized only by the senior commander. Reserve areas are set
up as soon as possible and to the same extent as the main areas.
531. In order to ensure the best conditions for disposition of
troops for a halt, it is necessary to show them the area of
disposition in advance and place them so that from the beginning of
the march there is no unnecessary movement, and also to avoid the
shifting of troops already disposed for a halt.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-203-
SECRFT
Troops disposed for a halt must take strict measures
to camouflage themselves from enemy air and ground observation,
to preserve military secrecy, and retain constant combat
readiness.
532. In disposing troops in an area liberated from the
enemy, thorough preliminary reconnaissance is carried out with
these objectives:
--clearing the area of troop disposition of individual
soldiers and small enemy groups;
--detection and disarming of mines, particularly of
the delayed-action type;
--determination of contaminated sectors of the terrain
and of ground features;
--isolation of infectious diseases;
--determination of the suitability for use of water and
of food abandoned after the enemy withdrawal, and the possibility
of use of other materiel resources.
533. When troops are disposed for a halt, it is necessary
to set up security units at once, designate a duty sub-unit
in each unit, and organize antiaircraft defense, protection against
atomic weapons and other means of mass destruction, commandant's
service and reconnaissance sent out in all directions, and when the
disposition is near the front, to establish contact with the
troops operating up front.
When troops are disposed for a halt, they organize
antiaircraft defense, as far as possible, prior to occupation
of their areas.
534. Troops disposed for a halt set up immediate security
units, and under threat of enemy ground troop or airborne attack,
bivouac security.
Bivouac security must provide all-around security and
cover all roads and avenues of approach along which the enemy can
approach into the disposition area of the protected troops.
Special attention is given to the organization of combat against
enemy troops and tanks.
535. A division disposed for a halt sends out the following
security units - on the primary axes - security detachments up
to reinforced battalion size each; on the secondary axes - separate
outpost detachments - varying in strength from a reinforced platoon
to a reinforced company each.
AM SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-2o4-
The strength and composition of the security detach-
ments and separate outpost detachments sent out are determined
by the distance from the enemy, the time necessary for deployment
of the division, the criticality of the guarded axis, the type
of terrain, and observation conditions.
536. The distance of the outpost from the protected troops
must be such as to allow timely warning of the troops of the
appearance of enemy paratroops and tanks and to ensure by their
own actions the deployment of the protected troops in combat
formation on an advantageous line.
The outpost line must occupy an area favorable for
defense, covered by antitank obstacles, and assuring good
field of view toward the enemy.
The security detachments remain in place during the
resumption of movement by the protected troops, until the march
security units pass the line of the outpost; after this the
security detachments pack up and either join the tail of the
main forces column or rejoin their own units.
537. Areas are assigned to units and large units where
they organize for combat against enemy airborne attack.
In areas most suitable for enemy airborne assault,
continuous observation is carried out and preparations are made
for movement of sub-units and units into these areas.
538. When the combat alert is called, units move into the
formation ordered by the division commander. On signal the troops
take up the necessary grouping required by the situation and their
mission.
539. In the mountains troops should be disposed in areas
where the type of terrain and the road net provide covered
and dispersed troop disposition, rapid movement in the required
direction, or deployment to repel an enemy attack. There must be
a sufficient supply of water and fuel in the areas where the
troops are disposed.
Troops should never be disposed in places where the
possibility of landslide, avalanche, or flood exists.
Security detachments are dispatched to occupy road
junctions, bridges, commanding heights, mountain gaps, and passes.
540. When troops are disposed in forests, one should avoid
placing personnel, combat materiel, and transport on the immediate
fringe of the woods, on roads, or forest lanes.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
-205-
SECRET
51
Firebreaks are built for the prevention of forest
fires, and in the most dangerous areas underbrush is removed.
In the event a forest fire breaks out, as many exit
routes as possible should be prepared and several plans for their
use by troops to move out of the disposition should be determined.
Specially detailed sub-units are formed for rescue work
and extinguishing fires, but if necessary, all personnel participate.
541. In deserts and steppes troops deploy in the immediate
vicinity of water sources and oases.
Reconnaissance and security elements are sent out in
all directions to a greater distance than under normal conditions.
Special attention is given to camouflage, antiaircraft
defense, protection against atomic weapons and other means of
mass destruction, measures to prevent infectious disease, economy
in expenditure of water and fuel, and security of the water-supply
points. Distribution of water by sub-units is carried out accord-
ing to established quotas.
542. Making a decision on the disposition of troops, the
division (corps) commander specifies:
--the areas of disposition of units (large units);
--missions to units of antiaircraft defense for coverage
of the troops in the area of disposition;
--composition and missions of security detachments and
from which unit (large unit) they will come;
--nature of troop operations in the event of surprise
enemy attack;
--reconnaissance missions;
--measures for protection from enemy weapons of mass
destruction;
--reserve areas for disposition of units (large units)
and the order of withdrawal to them;
--the duty unit and its missions;
--organization of troop control and communications;
--system of warning troops of enemy air, atomic, and
chemical attack;
--special measures to ensure combat readiness and to maintain
order and security in the areas of disposition.
SECRET
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
 Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1
Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2011/02/07: CIA-RDP80T00246AO29300140001-1